==============================================================================

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1/A

Amendment No. 3

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

FLORIDA

(State or jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

4899

(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)

81-3903357

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

501 West Broadway, Suite 800, San Diego, CA 92101/ Phone (619) 301-4200

(Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)

 

Stephen Thomas, Chief Executive Officer

501 West Broadway, Suite 800, San Diego, CA 92101/ Phone (619) 301-4200

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

COPIES OF ALL COMMUNICATIONS TO:

Michael A. Littman, Attorney at Law

P.O. Box 1839, Arvada, CO 80001 / phone (720) 530-6184

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as possible after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. [X]

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer [___]   Accelerated filer [___]

Non-accelerated filer

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

[___]   Smaller reporting company [_X_]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. [ ]

 

1  
 

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. [_]

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities To Be Registered Amount To Be Registered Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Share Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (1) Amount of Registration Fee
         
Common Stock by Selling Shareholders 38,208,210 $0.08 $3,056,656.80 $( 2)
         
         

 

  (1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933 ("the Securities Act") based on the average of the 5-day average of the closing price of the common stock on November 2, 2018 as reported on the OTC Market QB.

 

  (2) $763.68 was paid with original S-1 filing.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ii

 
 

 

(Subject to Completion)

PROSPECTUS

 

TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.

 

38,208,210 shares of common stock of selling shareholders

 

We are registering securities listed for sale on behalf of selling shareholders: 38,208,210 shares of common stock.

 

We will not receive any proceeds from sales of shares by selling shareholders.

 

Our selling shareholders plan to sell common shares at market prices for so long as our Company is quoted on OTCQB and as the market may dictate from time to time. There is a limited market for the common stock, which has been trading on the OTCQB (“TPTW”) at $0.08 in the past 5 days.

 

Title Price Per Share
Common Stock $0.08 *

 

*Five-day average market price

 

Our security holders may sell their securities on the OTCQB at market prices or at any price in privately negotiated transactions.

 

This offering involves a high degree of risk; see "RISK FACTORS" beginning on page 6 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.

 

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or any state or provincial securities commission, nor has the SEC or any state or provincial securities commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

This offering will be on a delayed and continuous basis only for sales of selling shareholders shares. The selling shareholders are not paying any of the offering expenses and we will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling shareholders. (See “Description of Securities – Shares”).

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the date that the registration statement relating to these securities, which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, becomes effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

The date of this Prospectus is November 5, 2018.

 

iii

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I -  INFORMATION REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS   Page No.
ITEM 1. Front of Registration Statement and Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus  
ITEM 2. Prospectus Cover Page  
ITEM 3. Prospectus Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges 3
ITEM 4. Use of Proceeds 23
ITEM 5. Determination of Offering Price 23
ITEM 6. Dilution 23
ITEM 7. Selling Security Holders 24
ITEM 8. Plan of Distribution 35
ITEM 9. Description of Securities 35
ITEM 10. Interest of Named Experts and Counsel 37
ITEM 11. Information with Respect to the Registrant 37
  a. Description of Business 37
  b. Description of Property 62
  c. Legal Proceedings 63
  d. Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 63
  e. Financial Statements      64
  f. Selected Financial Data 66
  g. Supplementary Financial Information 66
  h. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 66
  i. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 72
  j. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 72
  k. Directors and Executive Officers 72
  l. Executive and Directors Compensation 75
  m. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 80
  n. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions, Promoters And Control Persons 81
ITEM 11 A. Material Changes 83
ITEM 12. Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference 83
ITEM 12 A. Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities 84
PART II – INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS    
ITEM 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution 85
ITEM 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers 85
ITEM 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 86
ITEM 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 87
ITEM 17. Undertakings 89
  Signatures 90

 

 

2  
Table of Contents    

 

ITEM 3. PROSPECTUS SUMMARY INFORMATION, RISK FACTORS AND RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 

Our Company

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc. (“We”, “us”, “our” “TPT”or “TPT Global”), is incorporated in the State of Florida with operations located in San Diego, California, providing complete, communication and data services and products to small to mid-sized organizations (“SMB”).

 

CORPORATE HISTORY

 

COMPANY OVERVIEW

 

We were originally incorporated in 1988 in the state of Florida. TPT Global, Inc., a Nevada corporation formed in June 2014, merged with Ally Pharma US, Inc., a Florida corporation, (“Ally Pharma”, formerly known as Gold Royalty Corporation) in a “reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma issued 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the owners of TPT Global, Inc. and Ally Pharma changed its name to TPT Global Tech, Inc. In 2014, we acquired all the assets of K Telecom and Wireless LLC (“K Telecom”) and Global Telecom International, LLC (“Global Telecom”). Effective January 31, 2015, we completed our acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc. (“Copperhead Digital”) and Subsidiaries, TruCom, LLC (“TruCom”), Nevada Utilities, Inc. (“Nevada Utilities”) and CityNet Arizona, LLC (“CityNet”). In October 2015, we acquired the assets of both Port2Port, Inc. (“Port2Port”) and Digithrive, Inc. (“Digithrive”). Effective September 30, 2016, we acquired 100% ownership in San Diego Media, Inc. (“SDM”). In December 2016, we acquired the Lion Phone technology. In October and November 2017, we entered into agreements to acquire Blue Collar, Inc. (“Blue Collar”), and certain assets of Matrixsites, Inc. (“Matrixsites”) which we have completed. The Blue Collar transaction closed as of September 1, 2018 and the acquisition of certain assets of Matrixsites closed on October 31, 2017.

 

We are based in San Diego, California, and operate as a Media Content Hub for Domestic and International syndication Technology/Telecommunications company operating on our own proprietary Global Digital Media TV and Telecommunications infrastructure platform and also provides technology solutions to businesses domestically and worldwide. We offer Software as a Service (SaaS), Technology Platform as a Service (PAAS), Cloud-based Unified Communication as a Service (UCaaS) and carrier-grade performance and support for businesses over our private IP MPLS fiber and wireless network in the United States. Our cloud-based UCaaS services allow businesses of any size to enjoy all the latest voice, data, media and collaboration features in today's global technology markets. We also operate as a Master Distributor for Nationwide Mobile Virtual network Operators (MVNO) and Independent Sales Organization (ISO) as a Master Distributor for Pre-Paid Cellphone services, Mobile phones, Cellphone Accessories and Global Roaming Cellphones.

 

We anticipate needing an estimated $16,500,000 in capital to continue our business operations and expansion. We do not have committed sources for these additional funds and will need to be obtained through debt or equity placements or a combination of those. As part of this $16,500,000, we will need to pay a total of $1,600,000 in a Seller loan by April 2019 for the acquisition of the Blue Collar assets and $4,000,000 to pay a seller note payable as part of the consideration of Viewme Live technology in 2017, due $2,000,000 from debt proceeds intended to be obtained in the second or third quarter of 2018 and the remainder from proceeds from the second Company public offering intended to be in 2018. We do not have a committed source of those funds.

 

Our executive offices are located at 501 West Broadway, Suite 800, San Diego, CA 92101 and the telephone number is (619) 400-4996. We maintain a website at www.tptglobaltech.com, and such website is not incorporated into or a part of this filing.

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

As a company with less than $1.0 billion of revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years from the date of the first sale in this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a large accelerated filer, our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.0 billion, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure and other requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold equity interests. However, we have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

3  
Table of Contents    

Summary of Financial Information

 

The following tables set forth, for the periods and as of the dates indicated, our summary financial data. The statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2018, and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2018 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. The unaudited financial statements include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. You should read the following information together with the more detailed information contained in “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not indicative of the results to be expected in the future and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year. The statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017, are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following information together with the more detailed information contained in “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

 

    June 30,   December 31,
    2018   2017   2016
Total Assets   $ 8,346,018     $ 8,773,288     $ 6,081,222  
Current Liabilities   $ 12,132,872     $ 11,626,688     $ 5,609,676  
Long-term Liabilities   $ 357,000     $ 64,819     $ 257,088  
Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)   ($ 4,143,854 )   ($ 2,918,219 )   $ 214,458  

 

 

    Six Months Ended   Years Ended
   

June 30,

2018

(Unaudited)

 

December 31, 2017

(Audited)

 

December 31, 2016

(Audited)

Revenues   $ 439,229     $ 2,115,160     $ 2,766,730  
Net Loss   ($ 2,025,786 )   ($ 3,807,401 )   ($ 4,463,199 )
                         

 

At June 30, 2018, the accumulated deficit was $15,451,225. At December 31, 2017, the accumulated deficit was $13,425,439. At December 31, 2016, the accumulated deficit was $9,618,038. We anticipate that we will operate in a deficit position and continue to sustain net losses for the foreseeable future.

 

 

4  
Table of Contents    

 

CORPORATE ORGANIZATION CHART

 

 

 

 

(1) Acquisition agreements executed November 2017 and amended February 2018 and August 18, 2018, completed on September 1, 2018.

 

The Offering

 

We are registering 38,208,210 shares for sale on behalf of selling shareholders.

 

Our common stock, only, will be transferable immediately upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. (See “Description of Securities”)

 

Common shares outstanding before this offering 136,953,904
Maximum common shares being offered by our existing selling shareholders 38,208,210
Maximum common shares outstanding after this offering 136,953,904
   

 

We are authorized to issue 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our current shareholders, officers and directors collectively own 136,953,904 shares of restricted common stock as of this date. Our shares being registered were issued in the following amounts and at the following prices:

 

Number of Shares Original Consideration Issue Price Per Share
4 ,000,000 Founders Services $0.001
7,783,102 Asset Acquisition $0.10 to $0.81
2,983,380

Conversion of Payables and

Convertible Promissory Notes

$0.20 to $0.50
8,403 ,496 Private Placement $0.10 to $0.50
8,126,649 Services $0.10 to $0.77
2 ,005,217 Prior Ally Pharma $0.001
4,906,366 Gifts to Family $0.001

 

 

Currently there is a limited public trading market for our stock on OTCQB “QB under the symbol “TPTW.”

 

5  
Table of Contents    

 

Forward Looking Statements

 

This prospectus contains various forward-looking statements that are based on our beliefs as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to us. When used in this prospectus, the words "believe", "expect", "anticipate", "estimate" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements may include statements regarding seeking business opportunities, payment of operating expenses, and the like, and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions which could cause actual results to differ materially from projections or estimates. Factors which could cause actual results to differ materially are discussed at length under the heading "Risk Factors". Should one or more of the enumerated risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, all of which speak only as of the date made.

 

RISK FACTORS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

 

Many of our competitors are better established and have resources significantly greater than we have, which may make it difficult to attract and retain subscribers.

 

We will compete with other providers of telephony service, many of which have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources, larger customer bases, longer operating histories, greater name recognition and more established relationships in the industry. In addition, a number of these competitors may combine or form strategic partnerships. As a result, our competitors may be able to offer, or bring to market earlier, products and services that are superior to our own in terms of features, quality, pricing or other factors. Our failure to compete successfully with any of these companies would have a material adverse effect on our business and the trading price of our common stock.

 

The market for broadband and VoIP services is highly competitive, and we compete with several other companies within a single market:

     
  cable operators offering high-speed Internet connectivity services and voice communications;
  incumbent and competitive local exchange carriers providing DSL services over their existing wide, metropolitan and local area networks;
  3G cellular, PCS and other wireless providers offering wireless broadband services and capabilities, including developments in existing cellular and PCS technology that may increase network speeds or have other advantages over our services;
  internet service providers offering dial-up Internet connectivity;
  municipalities and other entities operating free or subsidized WiFi networks;
  providers of VoIP telephony services;
  wireless Internet service providers using licensed or unlicensed spectrum;
  satellite and fixed wireless service providers offering or developing broadband Internet connectivity and VoIP telephony;
  electric utilities and other providers offering or planning to offer broadband Internet connectivity over power lines; and
  resellers providing wireless Internet service by “piggy-backing” on DSL or WiFi networks operated by others.

         

Moreover, we expect other existing and prospective competitors, particularly if our services are successful; to adopt technologies or business plans similar to ours or seek other means to develop a product competitive with our services. Many of our competitors are well-established and have larger and better developed networks and systems, longer-standing relationships with customers and suppliers, greater name recognition and greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we have. These competitors can often subsidize competing services with revenues from other sources, such as advertising, and thus may offer their products and services at lower prices than ours. These or other competitors may also reduce the prices of their services significantly or may offer broadband

connectivity packaged with other products or services. We may not be able to reduce our prices or otherwise alter our services correspondingly, which would make it more difficult to attract and retain subscribers.

 

Our Acquisitions could result in operating difficulties, dilution and distractions from our core business.

 

We have evaluated, and expect to continue to evaluate, potential strategic transactions, including larger acquisitions. The process of acquiring and integrating a company, business or technology is risky, may require a disproportionate amount of our management or financial resources and may create unforeseen operating difficulties or expenditures, including:

     
  difficulties in integrating acquired technologies and operations into our business while maintaining uniform standards, controls, policies and procedures;

 

6  
Table of Contents    

 

  increasing cost and complexity of assuring the implementation and maintenance of adequate internal control and disclosure controls and procedures, and of obtaining the reports and attestations that are required of a company filing reports under the Securities Exchange Act;
  difficulties in consolidating and preparing our financial statements due to poor accounting records, weak financial controls and, in some cases, procedures at acquired entities based on accounting principles not generally accepted in the United States, particularly those entities in which we lack control; and
  the inability to predict or anticipate market developments and capital commitments relating to the acquired company, business or technology.

         

Acquisitions of and joint ventures with companies organized outside the United States often involve additional risks, including:

     
  difficulties, as a result of distance, language or culture differences, in developing, staffing and managing foreign operations;
  lack of control over our joint ventures and other business relationships;
  currency exchange rate fluctuations;
  longer payment cycles;
  credit risk and higher levels of payment fraud;
  foreign exchange controls that might limit our control over, or prevent us from repatriating, cash generated outside the United States;
  potentially adverse tax consequences;
  expropriation or nationalization of assets;
  differences in regulatory requirements that may make it difficult to offer all of our services;
  unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;
  trade barriers and import and export restrictions; and
  political or social unrest and economic instability.

      

The anticipated benefit of any of our acquisitions or investments may never materialize. Future investments, acquisitions or dispositions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses, or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition. Future investments and acquisitions may require us to obtain additional equity or debt financing, which may not be available on favorable terms, or at all.

 

Our substantial indebtedness and our current default status and any restrictive debt covenants could limit our financing options and liquidity position and may limit our ability to grow our business.

 

Our indebtedness could have important consequences to the holders of our common stock, such as:

     
  we may not be able to obtain additional financing to fund working capital, operating losses, capital expenditures or acquisitions on terms acceptable to us or at all;
  we may be unable to refinance our indebtedness on terms acceptable to us or at all;
  if substantial indebtedness continues it could make us more vulnerable to economic downturns and limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures; and
  cash flows from operations are currently negative and may continue to be so, and our remaining cash, if any, may be insufficient to operate our business.
  paying dividends to our stockholders;
  incurring, or cause certain of our subsidiaries to incur, additional indebtedness;
  permitting liens on or conduct sales of any assets pledged as collateral;
  selling all or substantially all of our assets or consolidate or merge with or into other companies;
  repaying existing indebtedness; and
  engaging in transactions with affiliates.

        

As of June 30, 2018, the total debt or financing arrangements was $8,334,626, of which $164,101 is past due. As of June 30, 2018, capital leases in the amount of $101,347, or approximately 1% of total current liabilities, are in default. Our inability to renegotiate our indebtedness may cause lien holders to obtain possession of a good portion of our assets which would significantly alter our ability to generate revenues and obtain any additional financing.

 

7  
Table of Contents    

 

We may experience difficulties in constructing, upgrading and maintaining our network, which could adversely affect customer satisfaction, increase subscriber turnover and reduce our revenues.

 

Our success depends on developing and providing products and services that give subscribers a high quality Internet connectivity and VoIP experience. If the number of subscribers using our network and the complexity of our products and services increase, we will require more infrastructure and network resources to maintain the quality of our services. Consequently, we expect to make substantial investments to construct and improve our facilities and equipment and to upgrade our technology and network infrastructure. If we do not implement these developments successfully, or if we experience inefficiencies, operational failures or unforeseen costs during implementation, the quality of our products and services could decline.

 

We may experience quality deficiencies, cost overruns and delays on construction, maintenance and upgrade projects, including the portions of those projects not within our control or the control of our contractors. The construction of our network requires the receipt of permits and approvals from numerous governmental bodies, including municipalities and zoning boards. Such bodies often limit the expansion of transmission towers and other construction necessary for our business. Failure to receive approvals in a timely fashion can delay system rollouts and raise the cost of completing construction projects. In addition, we typically are required to obtain rights from land, building and tower owners to install our antennas and other equipment to provide service to our subscribers. We may not be able to obtain, on terms acceptable to us, or at all, the rights necessary to construct our network and expand our services.

 

We also face challenges in managing and operating our network. These challenges include operating, maintaining and upgrading network and customer premises equipment to accommodate increased traffic or technological advances, and managing the sales, advertising, customer support, billing and collection functions of our business while providing reliable network service at expected speeds and VoIP telephony at expected levels of quality. Our failure in any of these areas could adversely affect customer satisfaction, increase subscriber turnover, increase our costs, decrease our revenues and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If we do not obtain and maintain rights to use licensed spectrum in one or more markets, we may be unable to operate in these markets, which could adversely affect our ability to execute our business strategy.

 

Even though we have established license agreements, growth requires that we plan to provide our services obtaining additional licensed spectrum both in the United States and internationally, we depend on our ability to acquire and maintain sufficient rights to use licensed spectrum by obtaining our own licenses or long-term spectrum leases, in each of the markets in which we operate or intend to operate. Licensing is the short-term solution to obtaining the necessary spectrum as building out spectrum is a long and difficult process that can be costly and require a disproportionate amount of our management resources. We may not be able to acquire, lease or maintain the spectrum necessary to execute our business strategy.       

 

Using licensed spectrum, whether owned or leased, poses additional risks to us, including:

 

     
  inability to satisfy build-out or service deployment requirements upon which our spectrum licenses or leases are, or may be, conditioned;
  increases in spectrum acquisition costs;
  adverse changes to regulations governing our spectrum rights;
  the risk that spectrum we have acquired or leased will not be commercially usable or free of harmful interference from licensed or unlicensed operators in our or adjacent bands;
  with respect to spectrum we will lease in the United States, contractual disputes with or the bankruptcy or other reorganization of the license holders, which could adversely affect our control over the spectrum subject to such license;
  failure of the FCC or other regulators to renew our spectrum licenses as they expire; and
  invalidation of our authorization to use all or a significant portion of our spectrum, resulting in, among other things, impairment charges related to assets recorded for such spectrum.

    

8  
Table of Contents    

 

If we fail to establish and maintain an effective system of internal control, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or to prevent fraud. Any inability to report and file our financial results accurately and timely could harm our business and adversely impact the trading price of our common stock.

 

Effective internal control is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, we may not be able to manage our business as effectively as we would if an effective control environment existed, and our business, brand and reputation with investors may be harmed.

 

In addition, reporting a material weakness may negatively impact investors’ perception of us. We have allocated, and will continue to allocate, significant additional resources to remedy any deficiencies in our internal control. There can be no assurances that our remedial measures will be successful in curing the any material weakness or that other significant deficiencies or material weaknesses will not arise in the future.

 

Interruption or failure of our information technology and communications systems could impair our ability to provide our products and services, which could damage our reputation and harm our operating results.

 

We have experienced service interruptions in some markets in the past and may experience service interruptions or system failures in the future. Any unscheduled service interruption adversely affects our ability to operate our business and could result in an immediate loss of revenues. If we experience frequent or persistent system or network failures, our reputation and brand could be permanently harmed. We may make significant capital expenditures to increase the reliability of our systems, but these capital expenditures may not achieve the results we expect.

 

Our products and services depend on the continuing operation of our information technology and communications systems. Any damage to or failure of our systems could result in interruptions in our service. Interruptions in our service could reduce our revenues and profits, and our brand could be damaged if people believe our network is unreliable. Our systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, terrorist attacks, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, computer denial of service attacks or other attempts to harm our systems, and similar events. Some of our systems are not fully redundant, and our disaster recovery planning may not be adequate. The occurrence of a natural disaster or unanticipated problems at our network centers could result in lengthy interruptions in our service and adversely affect our operating results.

 

The industries in which we operate are continually evolving, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and increases the risk of your investment. Our products and services may become obsolete, and we may not be able to develop competitive products or services on a timely basis or at all.

     

The markets in which we and our customers compete are characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and communications protocols, and continuous improvements in products and services. Our future success depends on our ability to enhance current products and to develop and introduce in a timely manner new products that keep pace with technological developments, industry standards and communications protocols, compete effectively on the basis of price, performance and quality, adequately address end-user customer

requirements and achieve market acceptance. There can be no assurance that the deployment of wireless networks will not be delayed or that our products will achieve widespread market acceptance or be capable of providing service at competitive prices in sufficient volumes. In the event that our products are not timely and economically developed or do not gain widespread market acceptance, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially adversely affected. There can also be no assurance that our products will not be rendered obsolete by the introduction and acceptance of new communications protocols.

 

The broadband services industry is characterized by rapid technological change, competitive pricing, frequent new service introductions and evolving industry standards and regulatory requirements. We believe that our success depends on our ability to anticipate and adapt to these challenges and to offer competitive services on a timely basis. We face a number of difficulties and uncertainties associated with our reliance on technological development, such as:

     
  competition from service providers using more traditional and commercially proven means to deliver similar or alternative services;
  competition from new service providers using more efficient, less expensive technologies, including products not yet invented or developed;
  uncertain consumer acceptance;
  realizing economies of scale;
  responding successfully to advances in competing technologies in a timely and cost-effective manner;
  migration toward standards-based technology, requiring substantial capital expenditures; and

9  
Table of Contents    

 

  existing, proposed or undeveloped technologies that may render our wireless broadband and VoIP telephony services less profitable or obsolete.

         

As the products and services offered by us and our competitors develop, businesses and consumers may not accept our services as a commercially viable alternative to other means of delivering wireless broadband and VoIP telephony services.

 

If we are unable to successfully develop and market additional services and/or new generations of our services offerings or market our services and product offerings to a broad number of customers, we may not remain competitive.

 

Our future success and our ability to increase net revenue and earnings depend, in part, on our ability to develop and market new additional services and/or new generations of our current services offerings and market our existing services offerings to a broad number of customers. However, we may not be able to, among other things:

 

  · successfully develop or market new services or product offerings or enhance existing services offerings;

  · educate third-party sales organizations adequately for them to promote and sell our services offerings;

  · develop, market and distribute existing and future services offerings in a cost-effective manner; or

  · operate the facilities needed to provide our services offerings.

 

If we fail to develop new service offerings, or if we incur unexpected expenses or delays in product development or integration, we may lose our competitive position and incur substantial additional expenses or may be required to curtail or terminate all or part of our present planned business operations.

 

Our failure to do any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if any of our current or future services offerings contain undetected errors or design defects or do not work as expected for our customers, our ability to market these services offerings could be substantially impeded, resulting in lost sales, potential reputation damage and delays in obtaining market acceptance of these services offerings. We cannot assure you that we will continue to successfully develop and market new or enhanced applications for our services offerings. If we do not continue to expand our services offerings portfolio on a timely basis or if those products and applications do not receive market acceptance, become regulatory restricted, or become obsolete, we will not grow our business as currently expected.

 

We operate in a very competitive environment.

 

There are three types of competitors for our service offerings.

 

  (1) The value-added resellers and other vendors of hardware and software for on-site installation do not typically have an offering similar to our cloud-based services. However, they are the primary historic service suppliers to our targeted customers and will actively work to defend their customer base.

 

  (2) There are a number of providers offering services, but they typically offer only one or two applications of their choosing instead of our offering which bundles customer’s chosen services.

 

  (3) There are a few providers that offer more than two applications from the cloud. However currently, these providers typically offer only those applications they have chosen.

 

Our industry is characterized by rapid change resulting from technological advances and new services offerings. Certain competitors have substantially greater capital resources, larger customer bases, larger sales forces, greater marketing and management resources, larger research and development staffs and larger facilities than our and have more established reputations with our target customers, as well as distribution channels that are entrenched and may be more effective than ours. Competitors may develop and offer technologies and products that are more effective, have better features, are easier to use, are less expensive and/or are more readily accepted by the marketplace than our offerings. Their products could make our technology and service offerings obsolete or noncompetitive. Competitors may also be able to achieve more efficient operations and distribution than ours may be able to and may offer lower prices than we could offer profitably. We may decide to alter or discontinue aspects of our business and may adopt different strategies due to business or competitive factors or factors currently unforeseen, such as the introduction by competitors of new products or services technologies that would make part or all of our service offerings obsolete or uncompetitive.

 

In addition, the industry could experience some consolidation. There is also a risk that larger companies will enter our markets.

 

10  
Table of Contents    

 

If we fail to maintain effective relationships with our major vendors, our services offerings and profitability could suffer.

 

We use third party providers for services. In addition, we purchase hardware, software and services from external suppliers. Accordingly, we must maintain effective relationships with our vendor base to source our needs, maintain continuity of supply, and achieve reasonable costs. If we fail to maintain effective relationships with our vendor base, this may adversely affect our ability to deliver the best products and services to our customers and our profitability could suffer.

 

Any failure of the physical or electronic security that resulted in unauthorized parties gaining access to customer data could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We use commercial data networks to service customers cloud based services and the associated customer data. Any data is subject to the risk of physical or electronic intrusion by unauthorized parties. We have a multi-homed firewalls and Intrusion Detection / Prevention systems to protect against electronic intrusion and two physical security levels in our networks. Our policy is to close all external ports as a default. Robust anti-virus software runs on all client servers. Systems have automated monitoring and alerting for unusual activity. We also have a Security Officer who monitors these systems. We have better security systems and expertise than our clients can afford separately but any failure of these systems could adversely affect our business growth and financial condition.

 

Demand for our service offerings may decrease if new government regulations substantially increase costs, limit delivery or change the use of Internet access and other products on which our service offerings depend.

 

We are dependent on Internet access to deliver our service offerings. If new regulations are imposed that limit the use of the Internet or impose significant taxes on services delivered via the Internet it could change our cost structure and/or affect our business model. The significant changes in regulatory costs or new limitations on Internet use could impact our ability to operate as we anticipate, could damage our reputation with our customers, disrupt our business or result in, among other things, decreased net revenue and increased overhead costs. As a result, any such failure could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our securities, as offered hereby, are highly speculative and should be purchased only by persons who can afford to lose their entire investment in us. Each prospective investor should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as all other information set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, before purchasing any of the shares of our common stock.

 

Increasing regulation of our Internet-based products and services could adversely affect our ability to provide new products and services.

 

On February 26, 2015, the FCC adopted a new "network neutrality" or Open Internet order (the "2015 Order") that: (1) reclassified broadband Internet access service as a Title II common carrier service, (2) applied certain existing Title II provisions and associated regulations; (3) forbore from applying a range of other existing Title II provisions and associated regulations, but to varying degrees indicated that this forbearance may be only temporary and (4) issued new rules expanding disclosure requirements and prohibiting blocking, throttling, paid prioritization and unreasonable interference with the ability of end users and edge providers to reach each other. The 2015 Order also subjected broadband providers' Internet traffic exchange rates and practices to potential FCC oversight and created a mechanism for third parties to file complaints regarding these matters. The 2015 Order could limit our ability to efficiently manage our cable systems and respond to operational and competitive challenges. In December 2017, the FCC adopted an order (the "2017 Order") that in large part reverses the 2015 Order. The 2017 Order has not yet gone into effect, however, and the 2015 Order will remain binding until the 2017 Order takes effect. The 2017 Order is expected to be subject to legal challenge that may delay its effect or overturn it. Additionally, Congress and some states are considering legislation that may codify "network neutrality" rules.

 

Offering telephone services may subject us to additional regulatory burdens, causing us to incur additional costs.

 

We offer telephone services over our broadband network and continue to develop and deploy interconnected VoIP services. The FCC has ruled that competitive telephone companies that support VoIP services, such as those that we offer to our customers, are entitled to interconnect with incumbent providers of traditional telecommunications services, which ensures that our VoIP services can operate in the market. However, the scope of these interconnection rights are being reviewed in a current FCC proceeding, which may affect our ability to compete in the provision of telephony services or result in additional costs. It remains unclear precisely to what extent federal and state regulators will subject VoIP services to traditional telephone service regulation. Expanding our offering of these services may require us to obtain certain authorizations, including federal and state licenses. We may not be able to obtain such authorizations in a timely manner, or conditions could be imposed upon such licenses or authorizations that may not be favorable to us. The FCC has already extended certain traditional telecommunications requirements, such as E911 capabilities, Universal Service Fund contribution, Communications

11  
Table of Contents    

 

Assistance for Law Enforcement Act ("CALEA"), measures to protect Customer Proprietary Network Information, customer privacy, disability access, number porting, battery back-up, network outage reporting, rural call completion reporting and other regulatory requirements to many VoIP providers such as us. If additional telecommunications regulations are applied to our VoIP service, it could cause us to incur additional costs and may otherwise materially adversely impact our operations. In 2011, the FCC released an order significantly changing the rules governing intercarrier compensation for the origination and termination of telephone traffic between interconnected carriers. These rules have resulted in a substantial decrease in interstate compensation payments over a multi-year period. The FCC is currently considering additional reforms that could further reduce interstate compensation payments. Further, although the FCC recently declined to impose additional regulatory burdens on certain point to point transport("sp ecial access") services provided by cable companies, that FCC decision has been appealed by multiple parties. If those appeals are successfully, there could be additional regulatory burdens and additional costs placed on these services.

 

We may engage in acquisitions and other strategic transactions and the integration of such acquisitions and other strategic transactions could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our business has grown significantly as a result of acquisitions, including the Acquisitions, which entail numerous risks including:

 

•distraction of our management team in identifying potential acquisition targets, conducting due diligence and negotiating acquisition agreements; 

•difficulties in integrating the operations, personnel, products, technologies and systems of acquired businesses; 

•difficulties in enhancing our customer support resources to adequately service our existing customers and the customers of acquired businesses; 

•the potential loss of key employees or customers of the acquired businesses; 

•unanticipated liabilities or contingencies of acquired businesses; 

•unbudgeted costs which we may incur in connection with pursuing potential acquisitions which are not consummated; 

•failure to achieve projected cost savings or cash flow from acquired businesses, which are based on projections that are inherently uncertain; 

•fluctuations in our operating results caused by incurring considerable expenses to acquire and integrate businesses before receiving the anticipated revenues expected to result from the acquisitions; and 

•difficulties in obtaining regulatory approvals required to consummate acquisitions.

 

We also participate in competitive bidding processes, some of which may involve significant cable systems. If we are the winning bidder in any such process involving significant cable systems or we otherwise engage in acquisitions or other strategic transactions in the future, we may incur additional debt, contingent liabilities and amortization expenses, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We could also issue substantial additional equity which could dilute existing stockholders.

 

If our acquisitions, including the Acquisitions and the integration of the Optimum and Suddenlink businesses, do not result in the anticipated operating efficiencies, are not effectively integrated, or result in costs which exceed our expectations, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

Significant unanticipated increases in the use of bandwidth-intensive Internet-based services could increase our costs.

 

The rising popularity of bandwidth-intensive Internet-based services poses risks for our broadband services. Examples of such services include peer-to-peer file sharing services, gaming services and the delivery of video via streaming technology and by download. If heavy usage of bandwidth-intensive broadband services grows beyond our current expectations, we may need to incur more expenses than currently anticipated to expand the bandwidth capacity of our systems or our customers could have a suboptimal experience when using our broadband service. In order to continue to provide quality service at attractive prices, we need the continued flexibility to develop and refine business models that respond to changing consumer uses and demands and to manage bandwidth usage efficiently. Our ability to undertake such actions could be restricted by regulatory and legislative efforts to impose so-called "net neutrality" requirements on broadband communication providers like us that provide broadband services. For more information, see "Regulation—Broadband."

 

We operate in a highly competitive business environment which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

 

We operate in a highly competitive, consumer-driven industry and we compete against a variety of broadband, pay television and telephony providers and delivery systems, including broadband communications companies, wireless data and telephony providers, satellite-delivered video signals, Internet-delivered video content and broadcast television signals available to residential and business customers in our service areas. Some of our competitors include AT&T and its DirecTV subsidiary, CenturyLink, DISH Network, Frontier and Verizon. In addition, our pay television services compete with all other sources of

12  
Table of Contents    

 

leisure, news, information and entertainment, including movies, sporting or other live events, radio broadcasts, home-video services, console games, print media and the Internet.

        

In some instances, our competitors have fewer regulatory burdens, easier access to financing, greater resources, greater operating capabilities and efficiencies of scale, stronger brand-name recognition, longstanding relationships with regulatory authorities and customers, more subscribers, more flexibility to offer promotional packages at prices lower than ours and greater access to programming or other services. This competition creates pressure on our pricing and has adversely affected, and may continue to affect, our ability to add and retain customers, which in turn adversely affects our business, financial condition and results of operations. The effects of competition may also adversely affect our liquidity and ability to service our debt. For example, we face intense competition from Verizon and AT&T, which have network infrastructure throughout our service areas. We estimate that competitors are currently able to sell a fiber-based triple play, including broadband, pay television and telephony services, and may expand these and other service offerings to our potential customers.

       

Our competitive risks are heightened by the rapid technological change inherent in our business, evolving consumer preferences and the need to acquire, develop and adopt new technology to differentiate our products and services from those of our competitors, and to meet consumer demand. We may need to anticipate far in advance which technology we should use for the development of new products and services or the enhancement of existing products and services. The failure to accurately anticipate such changes may adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Consolidation and cooperation in our industry may allow our competitors to acquire service capabilities or offer products that are not available to us or offer similar products and services at prices lower than ours. For example, Comcast and Charter Communications have agreed to jointly explore operational efficiencies to speed their respective entries into the wireless market, including in the areas of creating common operating platforms and emerging wireless technology platforms. In addition, changes in the regulatory and legislative environments may result in changes to the competitive landscape.

 

In addition, certain of our competitors own directly or are affiliated with companies that own programming content or have exclusive arrangements with content providers that may enable them to obtain lower programming costs or offer exclusive programming that may be attractive to prospective subscribers. For example, DirecTV has exclusive arrangements with the National Football League that give it access to programming we cannot offer. AT&T also has an agreement to acquire Time Warner, which owns a number of cable networks, including TBS, CNN and HBO, as well as Warner Bros. Entertainment, which produces television, film and home-video content. AT&T's and DirecTV's potential access to Time Warner programming could allow AT&T and DirecTV to offer competitive and promotional packages that could negatively affect our ability to maintain or increase our existing customers and revenues. DBS operators such as DISH Network and DirecTV also have marketing arrangements with certain phone companies in which the DBS provider's pay television services are sold together with the phone company's broadband and mobile and traditional phone services.

 

Most broadband communications companies, which already have wired networks, an existing customer base and other operational functions in place (such as billing and service personnel), offer DSL services. We believe DSL service competes with our broadband service and is often offered at prices lower than our Internet services. However, DSL is often offered at speeds lower than the speeds we offer. In addition, DSL providers may currently be in a better position to offer Internet services to businesses since their networks tend to be more complete in commercial areas. They may also increasingly have the ability to combine video services with telephone and Internet services offered to their customers, particularly as broadband communications companies enter into co-marketing agreements with other service providers. In addition, current and future fixed and wireless Internet services, such as 3G, 4G and 5G fixed and wireless broadband services and Wi-Fi networks, and devices such as wireless data cards, tablets and smartphones, and mobile wireless routers that connect to such devices, may compete with our broadband services.

 

Our telephony services compete directly with established broadband communications companies and other carriers, including wireless providers, as increasing numbers of homes are replacing their traditional telephone service with wireless telephone service. We also compete against VoIP providers like Vonage, Skype, GoogleTalk, Facetime, WhatsApp and magicJack that do not own networks but can provide service to any person with a broadband connection, in some cases free of charge. In addition, we compete against ILECs, other CLECs and long-distance voice-service companies for large commercial and enterprise customers. While we compete with the ILECs, we also enter into interconnection agreements with ILECs so that our customers can make and receive calls to and from customers served by the ILECs and other telecommunications providers. Federal and state law and regulations require ILECs to enter into such agreements and provide facilities and services necessary for connection, at prices subject to regulation. The specific price, terms and conditions of each agreement, however, depend on the outcome of negotiations between us and each ILEC. Interconnection agreements are also subject to approval by the state regulatory commissions, which may arbitrate negotiation impasses. These agreements, like all interconnection agreements, are for limited terms and upon expiration are subject to renegotiation, potential arbitration and approval under the laws in effect at that time.

 

We also face competition for our advertising sales from traditional and non-traditional media outlets, including television and radio stations, traditional print media and the Internet.

 

13  
Table of Contents    

 

We face significant risks as a result of rapid changes in technology, consumer expectations and behavior.

 

The broadband communications industry has undergone significant technological development over time and these changes continue to affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Such changes have had, and will continue to have, a profound impact on consumer expectations and behavior. Our video business faces technological change risks as a result of the continuing development of new and changing methods for delivery of programming content such as Internet-based delivery of movies, shows and other content which can be viewed on televisions, wireless devices and other developing mobile devices. Consumers' video consumption patterns are also evolving, for example, with more content being downloaded for time-shifted consumption. A proliferation of delivery systems for video content can adversely affect our ability to attract and retain subscribers and the demand for our services and it can also decrease advertising demand on our delivery systems. Our broadband business faces technological challenges from rapidly evolving wireless Internet solutions. Our telephony service offerings face technological developments in the proliferation of telephony delivery systems including those based on Internet and wireless delivery. If we do not develop or acquire and successfully implement new technologies, we will limit our ability to compete effectively for subscribers, content and advertising. We cannot provide any assurance that we will realize, in full or in part, the anticipated benefits we expect from the introduction of our home communications hub, Altice One, or that it will be rolled out across our footprint in the timeframe we anticipate. In addition, we may be required to make material capital and other investments to anticipate and to keep up with technological change. These challenges could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

   

Our revenues and growth may be constrained due to demand exceeding capacity of our systems or our inability to develop solutions.

 

We anticipate generating revenues in the future from broadband connectivity, other Internet services, and broadband and in the cloud services. Demand and market acceptance for these recently introduced services and products delivered over the Internet is uncertain. Critical issues concerning the use of the Internet, such as ease of access, security, reliability, cost and quality of service, exist and may affect the growth of Internet use or the attractiveness of conducting commerce online. In addition, the Internet and online services may not be accepted as viable for a number of reasons, including potentially inadequate development of the necessary network infrastructure or delayed development of enabling technologies and performance improvements. To the extent that the Internet and online services continue to experience significant growth, there can be no assurance that the infrastructure of the Internet and online services will prove adequate to support increased user demands. In addition, the Internet or online services could lose their viability due to delays in the development or adoption of new standards and protocols required to handle increased levels of Internet or online service activity. Changes in, or insufficient availability of, telecommunications services to support the Internet or online services also could result in slower response times and adversely affect usage of the Internet and online services generally and us in particular. If use of the Internet and online services does not continue to grow or grows more slowly than expected, if the infrastructure for the Internet and online services does not effectively support growth that may occur, or if the Internet and online services do not become a viable commercial marketplace, our business could be adversely affected.

 

Certain aspects of our VoIP telephony services differ from traditional telephone service. The factors that may have this effect include:

     
  our subscribers may experience lower call quality than they experience with traditional wireline telephone companies, including static, echoes and transmission delays;
  our subscribers may experience higher dropped-call rates than they experience with traditional wireline telephone companies; and
  a power loss or Internet access interruption causes our service to be interrupted.

         

Additionally, our VoIP emergency calling service is significantly more limited than the emergency calling services offered by traditional telephone companies. Our VoIP emergency calling service can only transmit to a dispatcher at a public safety answering point, or PSAP, the location information that the subscriber has registered with us, which may at times be different from the actual location at the time of the call. As a result, our emergency calling systems may not assure that the appropriate PSAP is reached and may cause significant delays, or even failures, in callers’ receipt of emergency assistance. Our failure to develop or operate an adequate emergency calling service could subject us to substantial liabilities and may result in delays in subscriber adoption of our VoIP telephony services or all of our services, abandonment of our services by subscribers, and litigation costs, damage awards and negative publicity, any of which could harm our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

 

If our subscribers do not accept the differences between our VoIP telephony services and traditional telephone service, they may not adopt or keep our VoIP telephony services or our other services, or may choose to retain or return to service provided by traditional telephone companies. Because VoIP telephony services represent an important aspect of our business strategy, failure to achieve subscribers’ acceptance of our VoIP telephony services may adversely affect our prospects, results of operations and the trading price of our shares.

 

14  
Table of Contents    

 

We rely on contract manufacturers and a limited number of third-party suppliers to produce our network equipment and to maintain our network sites. If these companies fail to perform, we may have a shortage of components and may be required to suspend our network deployment and our product and service introduction .

       

We depend on contract manufacturers, to produce and deliver acceptable, high quality products on a timely basis. We also depend on a limited number of third parties to maintain our network facilities. If our contract manufacturer or other providers do not satisfy our requirements, or if we lose our contract manufacturers or any other significant provider, we may have an insufficient network services for delivery to subscribers, we may be forced to suspend portions of our wireless broadband network, enrollment of new subscribers, and product sales and our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results may be harmed.

 

We rely on highly skilled executives and other personnel. If we cannot retain and motivate key personnel, we may be unable to implement our business strategy .  

 

We will be highly dependent on the scientific, technical, and managerial skills of certain key employees, including technical, research and development, sales, marketing, financial and executive personnel, and on our ability to identify, hire and retain additional personnel. To accommodate our current size and manage our anticipated growth, we must expand our employee base. Competition for key personnel, particularly persons having technical expertise, is intense, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to retain existing personnel or to identify or hire additional personnel. The need for such personnel is particularly important given the strains on our existing infrastructure and the need to anticipate the demands of future growth. In particular, we are highly dependent on the continued services of our senior management team, which currently is composed of a small number of individuals. We do not maintain key-man life insurance on the life of any employee. The inability of us to attract, hire or retain the necessary technical, sales, marketing, financial and executive personnel, or the loss of the services of any member of our senior management team, could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Our future success depends largely on the expertise and reputation of our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Stephen J. Thomas, Richard Eberhardt, and the other members of our senior management team. In addition, we intend to hire additional highly skilled individuals to staff our operations. Loss of any of our key personnel or the inability to recruit and retain qualified individuals could adversely affect our ability to implement our business strategy and operate our business.

 

We are currently managed by a small number of key management and operating personnel. Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to recruit and retain qualified personnel. Failure to do so likely would have an adverse impact on our business and the trading price of our common stock.

 

If our data security measures are breached, subscribers may perceive our network and services as not secure .

 

Our network security and the authentication of the subscriber’s credentials are designed to protect unauthorized access to data on our network. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or to sabotage networks change frequently and may not be recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate or implement adequate preventive measures against unauthorized access or sabotage. Consequently, unauthorized parties may overcome our encryption and security systems and obtain access to data on our network, including on a device connected to our network. In addition, because we operate and control our network and our subscribers’ Internet connectivity, unauthorized access or sabotage of our network could result in damage to our network and to the computers or other devices used by our subscribers. An actual or perceived breach of network security, regardless of whether the breach is our fault, could harm public perception of the effectiveness of our security measures, adversely affect our ability to attract and retain subscribers, expose us to significant liability and adversely affect our business prospects.

 

Our activities outside the United States could disrupt our operations .

       

We intend to invest in various international companies and spectrum opportunities through acquisitions and strategic alliances as these opportunities arise. Our activities outside the United States operate in environments different from the one we face in the United States, particularly with respect to competition and regulation. Due to these differences, our activities outside the United States may require a disproportionate amount of our management and financial resources, which could disrupt our U.S. operations and adversely affect our business.

 

In a number of international markets, we face substantial competition from local service providers that offer or may offer their own wireless broadband or VoIP telephony services and from other companies that provide Internet connectivity services. We may face heightened challenges in gaining market share, particularly in certain European countries, where a large portion of the population already has broadband Internet connectivity and incumbent companies already have a dominant market share in their service areas. Furthermore, foreign providers of competing services may have a substantial advantage over us in

15  
Table of Contents    

 

attracting subscribers due to a more established brand, greater knowledge of local subscribers’ preferences and access to significant financial or strategic resources.

 

In addition, foreign regulatory authorities frequently own or control the incumbent telecommunications companies operating under their jurisdiction. Established relationships between government-owned or government-controlled telecommunications companies and their traditional local providers of telecommunications services often limit access of third parties to these markets. The successful expansion of our international operations in some markets will depend on our ability to locate, form and maintain strong relationships with established local communication services and equipment providers. Failure to establish these relationships or to market or sell our products and services successfully could limit our ability to attract subscribers to our services.

  

We may be unable to protect our intellectual property, which could reduce the value of our services and our brand .

 

Our ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to protect our proprietary technologies, system designs and manufacturing processes. We may not be able to safeguard and maintain our proprietary rights. We rely on patents, trademarks and policies and procedures related to confidentiality to protect our intellectual property. Some of our intellectual property, however, is not covered by any of these protections.

 

We could be subject to claims that we have infringed on the proprietary rights of others, which claims would likely be costly to defend, could require us to pay damages and could limit our ability to use necessary technologies in the future .

 

Our competitors may independently develop or patent technologies or processes that are substantially equivalent or superior to ours. These competitors may claim that our services and products infringe on these patents or other proprietary rights. Defending against infringement claims, even merit less ones, would be time consuming, distracting and costly. If we are found to be infringing proprietary rights of a third party, we could be enjoined from using such third party’s rights and be required to pay substantial royalties and damages and may no longer be able to use the intellectual property on acceptable terms or at all. Failure to obtain licenses to intellectual property could delay or prevent the development, manufacture or sale of our products or services and could cause us to expend significant resources to develop or acquire non-infringing intellectual property.

 

Our business depends on our brand, and if we do not maintain and enhance our brand, our ability to attract and retain subscribers may be impaired and our business and operating results harmed .

 

We believe that our brand is a critical part of our business. Maintaining and enhancing our brand may require us to make substantial investments with no assurance that these investments will be successful. If we fail to promote and maintain our brands, or if we incur significant expenses in this effort, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition may be harmed. We anticipate that maintaining and enhancing our brand will become increasingly important, difficult and expensive.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation.

    

Our acquisition, lease, maintenance and use of spectrum licenses are extensively regulated by federal, state, local, and foreign governmental entities. A number of other federal, state, local and foreign privacy, security and consumer laws also apply to our business. These regulations and their application are subject to continual change as new legislation, regulations or amendments to existing regulations are adopted from time to time by governmental or regulatory authorities, including as a result of judicial interpretations of such laws and regulations. Current regulations directly affect the breadth of services we are able to offer and may impact the rates, terms and conditions of our services. Regulation of companies that offer competing services, such as cable and DSL providers and incumbent telecommunications carriers, also affects our business indirectly.

 

We are also subject to regulation because we provide VoIP telephony services. As an “interconnected” VoIP provider, we are required under FCC rules, to comply with the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, or CALEA, which requires service providers to build certain capabilities into their networks and to accommodate wiretap requests from law enforcement agencies.

 

In addition, the FCC or other regulatory authorities may in the future restrict our ability to manage subscribers’ use of our network, thereby limiting our ability to prevent or address subscribers’ excessive bandwidth demands. To maintain the quality of our network and user experience, we manage the bandwidth used by our subscribers’

applications, in part by restricting the types of applications that may be used over our network. Some providers and users of these applications have objected to this practice. If the FCC or other regulatory authorities were to adopt regulations that constrain our ability to employ bandwidth management practices, excessive use of bandwidth-intensive applications would likely reduce the quality of our services for all subscribers. Such decline in the quality of our services could harm our business.

 

16  
Table of Contents    

 

In certain of our international markets, the services provided by our business may require receipt of a license from national, provincial or local regulatory authorities. Where required, regulatory authorities may have significant discretion in granting the licenses and in the term of the licenses and are often under no obligation to renew the licenses when they expire.

 

The breach of a license or applicable law, even if inadvertent, can result in the revocation, suspension, cancellation or reduction in the term of a license or the imposition of fines. In addition, regulatory authorities may grant new licenses to third parties, resulting in greater competition in territories where we already have rights to licensed spectrum. In order to promote competition, licenses may also require that third parties be granted access to our bandwidth, frequency capacity, facilities or services. We may not be able to obtain or retain any required license, and we may not be able to renew a license on favorable terms, or at all.

 

Our wireless broadband and VoIP telephony services may become subject to greater state or federal regulation in the future. The scope of the regulations that may apply to VoIP telephony services providers and the impact of such regulations on providers’ competitive position are presently unknown.

 

Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is also our largest stockholder, and as a result he can exert control over us and has actual or potential interests that may diverge from yours.

 

Mr. Thomas may have interests that diverge from those of other holders of our common stock and he owns our super majority voting Series A stock. As a result, Mr. Thomas may vote the shares he owns or otherwise cause us to take actions that may conflict with your best interests as a stockholder, which could adversely affect our results of operations and the trading price of our common stock.

 

Through his control, Mr. Thomas can control our management, affairs and all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the approval of significant corporate transactions, a sale of our company, decisions about our capital structure and, the composition of our board of directors.

 

RISK FACTORS RELATED TO OUR STOCK

 

We can give no assurance of success or profitability to our investors.

 

Cash flows generated from operating activities were not enough to support all working capital requirements for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. Financing activities described below, have helped with working capital and other capital requirements. We incurred $2,025,786, $3,807,401 and $4,463,199, respectively, in losses, and we used $635,176, $750,408 and $352,792, respectively, in cash for operations for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. Cash flows from financing activities were $632,916, $693,502 and $269,880 for the same periods. These factors cause substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the issuance of these financial statements.

 

In order for us to continue as a going concern, we will need to obtain additional debt or equity financing and look for companies with cash flow positive operations that we can acquire. There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure additional debt or equity financing, that we will be able to acquire cash flow positive operations, or that, if we are successful in any of those actions, those actions will produce adequate cash flow to enable us to meet all our future obligations. Most of our existing financing arrangements are short-term. If we are unable to obtain additional debt or equity financing, we may be required to significantly reduce or cease operations.

 

Our sources of capital are loans and sales of equity from common or preferred stock. We have no commitments for loans or equity sales at this date.

  

We may in the future issue more shares which could cause a loss of control by our present management and current stockholders.

 

We may issue further shares as consideration for the cash or assets or services out of our authorized but unissued common stock that would, upon issuance, represent a majority of the voting power and equity of our Company. The

result of such an issuance would be those new stockholders and management would control our Company, and persons unknown could replace our management at this time. Such an occurrence would result in a greatly reduced percentage of ownership of our Company by our current shareholders, which could present significant risks to investors.

 

 

17  
Table of Contents    

We have options issued and outstanding which are convertible into our common stock. A conversion of such equity instruments could have a dilutive effect to existing shareholders.

 

As of June 30, 2018, we had options outstanding to purchase 3,093,120 shares of common stock of the Company as follows:

 

Grant Purpose Grant Date Number Exercise Price Expiration Date Vesting
Part of debt issuance terms Various 93,120 $0.046 to $0.22 12-31-2019 100%
Consulting 3-21-2018 1,000,000 $0.10 3-20-2021 100%
Legal services 3-1-2018 2,000,000 $0.10 2-28-2020 Monthly over 18 mos.

 

The exercise of the options into shares of our common stock could have a dilutive effect to the holdings of our existing shareholders. There are no warrants outstanding.

 

Our officers and directors may have conflicts of interests as to corporate opportunities which we may not be able or allowed to participate in .

 

Presently there is no requirement contained in our Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, or minutes which requires officers and directors of our business to disclose to us business opportunities which come to their attention. Our officers and directors do, however, have a fiduciary duty of loyalty to us to disclose to us any business opportunities which come to their attention, in their capacity as an officer and/or director or otherwise. Excluded from this duty would be opportunities which the person learns about through his involvement as an officer and director of another company. We have no intention of merging with or acquiring business opportunity from any affiliate or officer or director. (See “Conflicts of Interest” at page 75)

 

We have agreed to indemnification of officers and directors as is provided by Florida Statutes.

 

Florida Statutes provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers, employees, and agents, under certain circumstances, against attorney’s fees and other expenses incurred by them in any litigation to which they become a party arising from their association with or activities our behalf. We will also bear the expenses of such litigation for any of our directors, officers, employees, or agents, upon such person’s promise to repay us therefore if it is ultimately determined that any such person shall not have been entitled to indemnification. This indemnification policy could result in substantial expenditures by us that we will be unable to recoup.

 

Our directors’ liability to us and shareholders is limited.

 

Florida Statutes exclude personal liability of our directors and our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty except in certain specified circumstances. Accordingly, we will have a much more limited right of action against our directors that otherwise would be the case. This provision does not affect the liability of any director under federal or applicable state securities laws.

 

Our Stock prices in the Market may be volatile.

 

The value of our Common stock following this offering may be highly volatile and could be subject to fluctuations in price in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

     
  quarterly variations in our results of operations or those of our competitors;
  announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, new products, significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;
  disruption to our operations or those of other sources critical to our network operations;
  the emergence of new competitors or new technologies;
  our ability to develop and market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;
  seasonal or other variations in our subscriber base;
  commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;
  availability of additional spectrum;
  dilutive issuances of our stock or the stock of our subsidiaries, or the incurrence of additional debt;

 

18  
Table of Contents    

 

  changes in our board or management;
  adoption of new or different accounting standards;
  changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals;
  changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;
  announcements regarding WiMAX and other technical standards; and
  general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of related markets.

         

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for shares of technology companies in particular, has experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. We expect the value of our common stock will be subject to such fluctuations.

 

We may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy without substantial additional capital. Any such failure may adversely affect the business and results of operations.

 

Unless we can generate revenues sufficient to implement our Business Plan, we will need to obtain additional financing through debt or bank financing, or through the sale of shareholder interests to execute our Business Plan. We expect to need $34,000,000 in the next twelve months in capital or loans to complete our plans and operations. We may not be able to obtain this financing at all. We have not sought commitments for this financing, and we have no terms for either debt or equity financing, and we realize that it may be difficult to obtain on favorable terms. Moreover, if we issue additional equity securities to support our operations, Investor holdings may be diluted. Our business plans are at risk if we cannot continually achieve additional capital raising to complete our plans.

 

We are reliant, in part, on third party sales organizations, which may not perform as we expect.

 

We, from time to time rely on the sales force of third-party sales organizations with support from our own selling resources. The third-party relationships and internal organization are not fully developed at this time and must be developed. We may not be able to hire effective inside sales people to help our third-party sales organizations close sales. There is no assurance that any approaches will improve sales. Further, using only a direct sales force would be less cost-effective than our plan to use third-party sales organizations. In addition, a direct sales model may be ineffective if we were unable to hire and retain qualified salespeople and if the sales force fails to complete sales. Moreover, even if we successfully implement our business strategy, we may not have positive operating results. We may decide to alter or discontinue aspects of our business strategy and may adopt different strategies due to business or competitive factors.

 

Our growth may be affected adversely if our sales of products and services are negatively affected by competition or other factors.

 

The growth of our business is dependent, in large part, upon the development of sales for our services and product offerings. Market opportunities that we expect to exist may not develop as expected, or at all. For example, a substantial percentage of our service offerings is oriented around data access. If lower cost alternatives are developed, our sales would decrease and our operating results would be negatively affected. Moreover, even if market opportunities develop as expected, new technologies and services offerings introduced by competitors may significantly limit our ability to capitalize on any such market opportunity. Our failure to capitalize on expected market opportunities would adversely affect revenue growth.

 

The lack of operating history and the rapidly changing nature of the market in which we compete make it difficult to accurately forecast revenues and operating results. We anticipate that revenues and operating results might fluctuate in the future due to a number of factors including the following:

 

  · the timing of sales for current services and products offerings

 

  · the timing of new product implementations

 

  · unexpected delays in introducing new services and products offerings

 

  · increased expense related to sales and marketing, product development or administration

 

  · the mix of products and our services offerings

 

  · costs related to possible acquisitions of technology or business.

 

  · costs of providing services

 

19  
Table of Contents    

 

We may be unable to compete with larger, more established competitors.

 

The market for providing network delivered service solutions is competitive. We expect competition to intensify in the future. Many of our potential competitors have longer operating histories, larger customer bases, greater recognition and significantly greater resources. As a result, competitors may be able to respond more quickly to emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements than we can. The continuous and timely introduction of competitively priced services offerings into the market is critical to our success, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to introduce such services offerings. We may not be able to compete successfully against competitors, and the competitive pressures we face may have an adverse effect on our business.

 

RISKS RELATING TO OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND POTENTIAL LITIGATION

 

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights.

 

There can be no assurances that we will be able to obtain intellectual property protection that will effectively prevent any competitors from developing or marketing the same or a competing technology. In addition, we cannot predict whether we will be subject to intellectual property litigation the outcome of which is subject to uncertainty and which can be very costly to pursue or defend. We will attempt to continue to protect our proprietary designs and to avoid infringing on the intellectual property of third parties. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to protect our intellectual property or avoid suits by third parties claiming intellectual property infringement.

 

If our patents and other intellectual property rights do not adequately protect our service offering, we may lose market share to competitors and be unable to operate our business profitably.

 

Patents and other proprietary rights are anticipated to be of value to our future business, and our ability to compete effectively with other companies depends on the proprietary nature of our current or future technologies. We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovations and licensing opportunities to develop, maintain, and strengthen our competitive position. We cannot assure you that any future patent applications will result in issued patents, that any patents issued or licensed to us will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented or that the rights granted there under will provide a competitive advantage to us or prevent competitors from entering markets which we currently serve. Any required license may not be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all or may become invalid if the licensee’s right to such technology become challenged and/or revoked. In addition, some licenses may be non-exclusive, and therefore competitors may have access to the same technologies as we do. Furthermore, we may have to take legal action in the future to protect our trade secrets or know-how, or to defend them against claimed infringement of the rights of others. Any legal action of that type could be costly and time-consuming to us, and we cannot assure you that such actions will be successful. The invalidation of key patents or proprietary rights which we own or unsuccessful outcomes in lawsuits to protect our intellectual property may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may in the future become subject to claims that some, or the entire service offering violates the patent or intellectual property rights of others, which could be costly and disruptive to us.

 

We operate in an industry that is susceptible to patent litigation. As a result, we or the parties we license technology from may become subject to patent infringement claims or litigation. Further, one or more of our future patents or applications may become subject to interference proceedings declared by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, (“USPTO”) or the foreign equivalents thereof to determine the priority of claims to inventions. The defense of intellectual property suits, USPTO interference proceedings or the foreign equivalents thereof, as well as related legal and administrative proceedings, are both costly and time consuming and may divert management's attention from other business concerns. An adverse determination in litigation or interference proceedings to which we may become a party could, among other things:

 

Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

20  
Table of Contents    

 

Our stock will in all likelihood be thinly traded and as a result you may be unable to sell at or near ask prices or at all if you need to liquidate your shares.

 

The shares of our common stock may be thinly-traded on the OTC Market, meaning that the number of persons interested in purchasing our common shares at or near ask prices at any given time may be relatively small or non-existent. This situation is attributable to a number of factors, including the fact that we are a small company which is relatively unknown to stock analysts, stock brokers, institutional investors and others in the investment community that generate or influence sales volume, and that even if we came to the attention of such persons, they tend to be risk-averse and would be reluctant to follow an unproven, early stage company such as ours or purchase or recommend the purchase of any of our Securities until such time as we became more seasoned and viable. As a consequence, there may be periods of several days or more when trading activity in our Securities is minimal or non-existent, as compared to a seasoned issuer which has a large and steady volume of trading activity that will generally support continuous sales without an adverse effect on Securities price. We cannot give you any assurance that a broader or more active public trading market for our common Securities will develop or be sustained, or that any trading levels will be sustained. Due to these conditions, we can give investors no assurance that they will be able to sell their shares at or near ask prices or at all if they need money or otherwise desire to liquidate their securities of our Company.

 

The regulation of penny stocks by SEC and FINRA may discourage the tradability of our securities.

 

We are a “penny stock” company. None of our securities currently trade in any market and, if ever available for trading, will be subject to a Securities and Exchange Commission rule that imposes special sales practice requirements upon broker-dealers who sell such securities to persons other than established customers or accredited investors. For purposes of the rule, the phrase “accredited investors” means, in general terms, institutions with assets in excess of $5,000,000, or individuals having a net worth in excess of $1,000,000 or having an annual income that exceeds $200,000 (or that, when combined with a spouse’s income, exceeds $300,000). For transactions covered by the rule, the broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written agreement to the transaction prior to the sale. Effectively, this discourages broker-dealers from executing trades in penny stocks. Consequently, the rule will affect the ability of purchasers in this offering to sell their securities in any market that might develop therefore because it imposes additional regulatory burdens on penny stock transactions.

 

In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted a number of rules to regulate “penny stocks". Such rules include Rules 3a51-1, 15g-1, 15g-2, 15g-3, 15g-4, 15g-5, 15g-6, 15g-7, and 15g-9 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Because our securities constitute “penny stocks” within the meaning of the rules, the rules would apply to us and to our securities. The rules will further affect the ability of owners of shares to sell our securities in any market that might develop for them because it imposes additional regulatory burdens on penny stock transactions.

 

Shareholders should be aware that, according to Securities and Exchange Commission, the market for penny stocks has suffered in recent years from patterns of fraud and abuse. Such patterns include (i) control of the market for the security by one or a few broker-dealers that are often related to the promoter or issuer; (ii) manipulation of prices through prearranged matching of purchases and sales and false and misleading press releases; (iii) “boiler room” practices involving high-pressure sales tactics and unrealistic price projections by inexperienced sales persons; (iv) excessive and undisclosed bid-ask differentials and markups by selling broker-dealers; and (v) the wholesale dumping of the same securities by promoters and broker-dealers after prices have been manipulated to a desired consequent investor losses. Our management is aware of the abuses that have occurred historically in the penny stock market. Although we do not expect to be in a position to dictate the behavior of the market or of broker-dealers who participate in the market, management will strive within the confines of practical limitations to prevent the described patterns from being established with respect to our securities.

 

Inventory in penny stocks have limited remedies in the event of violations of penny stock rules. While the courts are always available to seek remedies for fraud against us, most, if not all, brokerages require their customers to sign mandatory arbitration agreements in conjunctions with opening trading accounts. Such arbitration may be through an independent arbiter. Investors may file a complaint with FINRA against the broker allegedly at fault, and FINRA may be the arbiter, under FINRA rules. Arbitration rules generally limit discovery and provide more expedient adjudication, but also provide limited remedies in damages usually only the actual economic loss in the account. Investors should understand that if a fraud case is filed against a company in the courts it may be vigorously defended and may take years and great legal expenses and costs to pursue, which may not be economically feasible for small investors.

 

That absent arbitration agreements, specific legal remedies available to investors of penny stocks include the following:

 

If a penny stock is sold to the investor in violation of the requirements listed above, or other federal or states securities laws, the investor may be able to cancel the purchase and receive a refund of the investment.

 

21  
Table of Contents    

 

If a penny stock is sold to the investor in a fraudulent manner, the investor may be able to sue the persons and firms that committed the fraud for damages.

 

The fact that we are a penny stock company will cause many brokers to refuse to handle transactions in the stocks, and may discourage trading activity and volume, or result in wide disparities between bid and ask prices. These may cause investors significant illiquidity of the stock at a price at which they may wish to sell or in the opportunity to complete a sale. Investors will have no effective legal remedies for these illiquidity issues.

 

We will pay no dividends in the foreseeable future .

 

We have not paid dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying such dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

Rule 144 sales in the future may have a depressive effect on our stock price.

 

All of the outstanding shares of common stock held by our present officers, directors, and affiliate stockholders are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. As restricted Shares, these shares may be resold only pursuant to an effective registration statement or under the requirements of Rule 144 or other applicable exemptions from registration under the Act and as required under applicable state securities laws. Rule 144 provides in essence that a person who has held restricted securities for six months, under certain conditions, sell every three months, in brokerage transactions, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1.0% of a company’s outstanding common stock or the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks prior to the sale. There is no limit on the amount of restricted securities that may be sold by a non-affiliate after the owner has held the restricted securities for a period of six month. A sale under Rule 144 or under any other exemption from the Act, if available, or pursuant to subsequent registration of shares of common stock of present stockholders, may have a depressive effect upon the price of the common stock in any market that may develop.

 

Any sales of our common stock, if in significant amounts, are likely to depress the future market price of our securities.

 

Assuming all of the shares of common stock held by the selling security holders registered hereby are sold, we would have 38,208,210 new shares that are freely tradable and therefor available for sale, in market or private transactions.

 

Unrestricted sales of 38,208,210 shares of stock by our selling stockholders could have a huge negative impact on our share price, and the market for our shares.

   

Any new potential investors will suffer a disproportionate risk and there will be immediate dilution of existing investor’s investments.

 

Our present shareholders have acquired their securities at a cost significantly less than that which the investors purchasing pursuant to shares will pay for their stock holdings or at which future purchasers in the market may pay. Therefore, any new potential investors will bear most of the risk of loss.

 

We can issue shares of preferred stock without shareholder approval, which could adversely affect the rights of common shareholders.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation permit our Board of Directors to establish the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions, including voting rights, of future series of stock and to issue such stock without approval from our shareholders. The rights of holders of common stock may suffer as a result of the rights granted to holders of preferred stock that may be issued in the future. In addition, we could issue preferred stock to prevent a change in control of our Company, depriving common shareholders of an opportunity to sell their stock at a price in excess of the prevailing market price.

 

We will become a reporting company upon the effectiveness of this registration statement.

 

We will become subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, Section 13a, after the effectiveness of this offering, pursuant to Section 15d of the Securities Act and we intend to be registered under Section 12(g). As a result, shareholders will have access to the information required to be reported by publicly held companies under the Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder. As a result, we will be subject to legal and accounting expenses that private companies are not subject to and this could affect our ability to generate operating income.

 

22  
Table of Contents    

 

ITEM 4. USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares being registered on behalf of our selling shareholders.

 

We may raise additional funds through a placement of shares of our common stock. At this time, there is no committed source for such funds and we cannot give any assurances of being able to raise such funds. We will require additional funds to carry out our business plan. The availability and terms of any future financing will depend on market and other conditions.

 

The monies we have raised thus far from private placements to our current Shareholders is anticipated to be sufficient to pay all expenses of this registration statement, which is estimated to be $175,000.

 

ITEM 5. DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

 

We have a limited established market for our common stock as quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol “TPTW.”

 

Our selling shareholders plan to sell shares at such market prices as the market may dictate from time to time or in private transactions.

 

Title Per Share *
Common Stock $0.08

 

* 5 day average closing price preceding filing of this Registration Statement Amendment

 

As of June 30, 2018, there were 136,953,904 shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

 

The market share price likely bears no relationship to any criteria of goodwill value, asset value, market price or any other measure of value.

 

ITEM 6. DILUTION

 

The following table sets forth with respect to existing shares being offered and under this registration, the number of our shares of common stock offered by shareholders, the percentage ownership of such shares, the total consideration paid, the percentage of total consideration paid and the average price per share. All percentages are computed based upon cumulative shares and consideration assuming sale of all shares in the line item as compared to maximum in each previous line.

 

  Shares Purchased and being offered for resale  
  Number Percent (1) Price/Share
       
Existing Shareholders whose shares are being registered 38,208,210 27.90% $0.08 (3)
       

 

  (1) Percentage relates to total percentage of shares to be registered for existing shareholders.

 

  (2) Percentage relates to total percentage of capital raised post offering.

 

  (3) Based upon 5-day average closing price.

 

“Net tangible book value” is the amount that results from subtracting the total liabilities and intangible assets from the total assets of an entity. Dilution occurs because we determined the offering price based on factors other than those used in computing book value of our stock. Dilution exists because the book value of shares held by existing stockholders is lower than the offering price offered to new investors.

 

As at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the net tangible book value of our stock was ($0.070) and ($0.064) per share, respectively.

 

23  
Table of Contents    

 

ITEM 7. SELLING SECURITY HOLDERS

 

The selling shareholders obtained their shares of our stock in the following transactions:

 

Number of Shares Original Consideration Issue Price Per Share
4 ,000,000 Founders Services $0.001
7,783,102 Asset Acquisition $0.10 to $0.81
2,983,380 Conversion of Payables and Convertible Promissory Notes $0.20 to $0.50
8,403 ,496 Private Placement $0.10 to $0.50
8,126,649 Services $0.10 to $0.77
2 ,005,217 Prior Ally Pharma $0.001
4,906,366 Gifts to Family $0.001

 

Other than the stock transactions discussed above, we have not entered into any transaction nor are there any proposed transactions in which any founder, director, executive officer, significant shareholder of our company or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing had or is to have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

No person who may, in the future, be considered a promoter of this offering, will receive or expect to receive assets, services or other considerations from us except those persons who are our salaried employees or directors. No assets will be, nor expected to be, acquired from any promoter on behalf of us. We have not entered into any agreements that require disclosure to the shareholders.

  

  (a) All of the securities listed below are being registered in this Registration Statement.  

 

 

 

 

(REMAINING PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

24  
Table of Contents    

Name   Common Shares Held by Each Shareholder Before Offering   Common Share to be Registered   % Owned Before Offering (1)   Shares Owned After Offering   % Owned After Offering (1)
 ANDY NEAL     180       180       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 ARTHUR BRANDING     1,000       1,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 BERNIE KARNS     112,500       112,500       0.08 %     —         0.00 %
 Bertram E. Cutler     19       19       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 BREANNE ROJESKI     200       200       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 CAROLS ADAMICK MENDOZA     100,000       100,000       0.07 %     —         0.00 %
 CASH CUTLER     4       4       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 CHRISTOPHER WILLIAMS     5,200       5,200       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 DALE FINCK     1,000       1,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 DANIEL WROBLESKI     800       800       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 FREDERICK EBERHARDT (5)     1,015,000       1,015,000       0.74 %     —         0.00 %
 GUADALUPE SILVA     9,350       9,350       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 HAYDEN F. BELLAMY     10,000       10,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 J WINSTON MICHAEL TRAVIS OLSON     1,000       1,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 JAMES D. AND KAREN G. SCHINDLER JTWROS     1,000       1,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 JEFF OLSEN     714,166       714,166       0.52 %     —         0.00 %
 JOHN BENDLE     2,000       2,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 KATHI OLSON     10,000       10,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 KRISTEN REDETTE OLSON     1,000       1,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 LOUIS ELLIOTT     1,000       1,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 MARISOL SCHLEMMER     21,000       21,000       0.02 %     —         0.00 %
 MICHAEL EMMERS     135,000       135,000       0.10 %     —         0.00 %

 

25  
Table of Contents    

 

 ROBERT A PUTT     2,000       2,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 ROBERT ANDREWS     1,000       1,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 SHERRY ORSBORN     7,500       7,500       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 SUSAN ELLSWORTH     400       400       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 SUSAN ROLL REVOCABLE TRUST     500,000       500,000       0.37 %     —         0.00 %
 THOMAS B. SEITER     1,000       1,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 TONI GIGLIOTTI     200       200       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 BRIAN POWERS     583,333       583,333       0.43 %     —         0.00 %
 KN SOLOMON MBAGWU     2,500,000       2,000,000       1.83 %     500,000       0.37 %
 EDDIE BAKER     4       4       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 JUAN C. FERNANDEZ     12,500       12,500       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 KHALID S. DAOUD     5,000       5,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 KOKI NAGASHIMA     18,544       18,544       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 LUI CHI HO RONALD     174       174       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 MANUEL FERNANDEZ     550       550       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 Shinichro Goto     6       6       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 MATTHEW MCCRIMMON     715,000       715,000       0.52 %     —         0.00 %
 PRAISE DIRECT HOLDINGS LIMITED     1,000       1,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 SHEN TIAOJUAN     200       200       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 ARLENA FARINAS     300       300       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 CHIUWAI SITU     400       400       0.00 %     —         0.00 %

 

26  
Table of Contents    

 

 DAVID PINTO     200       200       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 Scott Thomas     4       4       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 MARK ROWAN     6,500,000       2,000,000       4.75 %     4,500,000       3.29 %
 TODD WIGINGTON     16,492       16,492       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 RICHARD EBERHARDT (2)(4)     19,000,000       2,000,000       13.87 %     17,000,000       12.41 %
 GARY COOK (2)(4)     6,500,000       2,000,000       4.75 %     4,500,000       3.29 %
 STACIE STRICKER (2)(4)     500,000       500,000       0.37 %     —         0.00 %
 STEPHEN J THOMAS III (2)(4)     31,449,740       4,000,000       22.96 %     27,449,740       20.04 %
 SCOTT GOODWIN     50,000       50,000       0.04 %     —         0.00 %
 LINDA KELLY     1,000,000       1,000,000       0.73 %     —         0.00 %
 QUYNTWAN HENRY     100,000       100,000       0.07 %     —         0.00 %
 DUANE JACKSON     500,000       500,000       0.37 %     —         0.00 %
 ENOCH BRANDE     500,000       500,000       0.37 %     —         0.00 %
 CANE INDUSTRIES LLC     50,000       50,000       0.04 %     —         0.00 %
 PENNY PROS LLC     50,000       50,000       0.04 %     —         0.00 %
 SEO STRADEGY GROUP     450,000       450,000       0.33 %     —         0.00 %
 JOYCE EARLY     5,000       5,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 NATALIE WASHCO     5,000       5,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 BRIAN KENT     265,950       265,950       0.19 %     —         0.00 %
 KAREN KENT     243,225       243,225       0.18 %     —         0.00 %
 MARIO PIANA     2,000,000       750,000       1.46 %     1,250,000       0.91 %

 

27  
Table of Contents    

 

 CARLOS ANDRES CASTRO     5,000       5,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 CONRAD CALDERON     10,000       10,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 DELIA DEOQUINO     10,000       10,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 LIZETTE CALDERON     150,000       150,000       0.11 %     —         0.00 %
 SHARON DARRAH     20,000       20,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 ANDY DOUGHTY     60,000       60,000       0.04 %     —         0.00 %
 BRUNO BARBARAI     50,000       50,000       0.04 %     —         0.00 %
 CARLETON GREGORY SOLLOWAY     250,000       250,000       0.18 %     —         0.00 %
 CAROL JOANNE BOOTH     100,000       100,000       0.07 %     —         0.00 %
 CECIL JONES     32,000       32,000       0.02 %     —         0.00 %
 CELESTE JANET FITZPATRICK     21,000       21,000       0.02 %     —         0.00 %
 CRAIG FULLER     150,000       150,000       0.11 %     —         0.00 %
 CRAIG HILL     100,000       100,000       0.07 %     —         0.00 %
 DAVID WARD     75,000       75,000       0.05 %     —         0.00 %
 DEBORAH MILLER     2,000       2,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 DENNI GRIFFITH     5,000       5,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 EMILIANO BONANNO     455,000       455,000       0.33 %     —         0.00 %
 FEIVEL INVESTMENT LLC     30,000       30,000       0.02 %     —         0.00 %
 GARY STEWART     20,000       20,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 GRANT HENRY     10,000       10,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 HOLLY MEAD     55,000       55,000       0.04 %     —         0.00 %

 

28  
Table of Contents    

 

 JEBB DYKSRA     75,000       75,000       0.05 %     —         0.00 %
 JOE OBEZO     5,000       5,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 KONSTANTIN SHAPOVALOV     10,000       10,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 KRISSY BARLOW TAYLOR     50,000       50,000       0.04 %     —         0.00 %
 LAURIE L POWER     10,000       10,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 MARIO SCADE GARCIA     25,000       25,000       0.02 %     —         0.00 %
 MARLA ELLERMAN     50,000       50,000       0.04 %     —         0.00 %
 NORMAN BRANDER     5       5       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 PANTHEON PARTNERS     200,000       200,000       0.15 %     —         0.00 %
 PATRICK TAYLOR     10,000       10,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 REGGIE THOMAS (6)     165,000       165,000       0.12 %     —         0.00 %
 CHARLES GREGORY THOMAS (6)     8       8       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 CHARLES R THOMAS (6)     6       6       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 WIE FAMILY TRUST     5       5       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 RIGO FLORES     10,000       10,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 ROBERT GOOLD     100,000       100,000       0.07 %     —         0.00 %
 RUDOLF EDUARD BOHLI     500,000       500,000       0.37 %     —         0.00 %
 SANFORD LEAVENWORTH     8,000       8,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 SHIGETOMI KOMATSU     9       9       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 SHANNON JOHNSON     350,000       350,000       0.26 %     —         0.00 %
 STEPHANIE KRAUSE     88,000       88,000       0.06 %     —         0.00 %

 

29  
Table of Contents    

 

 THOMAS J. POWERS     12,000       12,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 TOM SHAEFFER     300,000       300,000       0.22 %     —         0.00 %
 WARREN WINFIELD GIBSON III     100,000       100,000       0.07 %     —         0.00 %
 YU CHUNG CHO     500,000       500,000       0.37 %     —         0.00 %
 BRIAN MICHAEL FIELDING     15,035       15,035       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 ANDY ELLISON     100,000       100,000       0.07 %     —         0.00 %
 SHELLY FULTON     250,000       250,000       0.18 %     —         0.00 %
 BRADEN SCHUSTER     100,000       100,000       0.07 %     —         0.00 %
 AARON D CLARK     282,459       282,459       0.21 %     —         0.00 %
 BENJAMIN AMMONS     8,764       8,764       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 BROWN LIVING TRUST     16,492       16,492       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 CAPITAL-PLUS PARTNERS     333,422       333,422       0.24 %     —         0.00 %
 CHRISTIAN A. MASSETTI     32,500       32,500       0.02 %     —         0.00 %
 CHRISTOPHER J. GAVIGAN     20,330       20,330       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 CHRISTOPHER SHIPPY G CANTON     65,967       65,967       0.05 %     —         0.00 %
 CINDY ARMSTRONG     125,000       125,000       0.09 %     —         0.00 %
 CLEAR VIEW COMMUNICATIONS     40,000       40,000       0.03 %     —         0.00 %
 CONEXUS TELECOM     125,000       125,000       0.09 %     —         0.00 %
 CRITICAL SYSTEMS & SUPPORT LTD     13,476       13,476       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 DAVID CLARK     8,246       8,246       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 DON & BRENDA MORRIS JT TEN     3,298       3,298       0.00 %     —         0.00 %

 

30  
Table of Contents    

 

 DOUGLAS R PETERLIN     9,616       9,616       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 EDWARD DAVIS     30,000       30,000       0.02 %     —         0.00 %
 EQUITY TRUST COMPANY, CUSTODIAN FBO KARL M CRISS IRA     4,383       4,383       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 FORESIGHT GROUP LLC     150,000       150,000       0.11 %     —         0.00 %
 FRED T DAVIS, JR.     20,000       20,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 GARY AND JAMIE GORDON JT     7,499       7,499       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 GAYLE SETZER     50,025       50,025       0.04 %     —         0.00 %
 GRANT EVANS     3,298       3,298       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 GREG DREW     3,298       3,298       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 GREGG MASSETTI     10,231       10,231       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 HAL CLARK     21,116       21,116       0.02 %     —         0.00 %
 IRA HUGHES     16,492       16,492       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 JASON DUNCAN     16,492       16,492       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 JIM RICHARDS     14,500       14,500       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 JOELLE CLARK     167,541       167,541       0.12 %     —         0.00 %
 JOHN DREW     111,649       111,649       0.08 %     —         0.00 %
 JOHN P. WARD     36,803       36,803       0.03 %     —         0.00 %
 JOSEPH LAWRENCE HAGER     20,330       20,330       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 JOSH HITT     9,525       9,525       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 KIM KELLAR     4,123       4,123       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 LISA & DOUG COOPER JT     10,956       10,956       0.01 %     —         0.00 %

 

31  
Table of Contents    

 

 M-CUBE CORPORATION     6       6       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 MARK CLARK     3,298       3,298       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 MARK MONTANO     251,649       251,649       0.18 %     —         0.00 %
 MARK PALUSO     100,000       100,000       0.07 %     —         0.00 %
 MICHAEL FLEMING     181,953       181,953       0.13 %     —         0.00 %
 MICHAEL P MURPHY     1,541,949       1,541,949       1.13 %     —         0.00 %
 NICK MULHOLLAND     75,000       75,000       0.05 %     —         0.00 %
 NICOLE & ERIC CARTER JT TEN     3,298       3,298       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 PAUL E. KNAG     15,035       15,035       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 PLANET ONE COMMUNICATIONS INC.     150,000       150,000       0.11 %     —         0.00 %
 ROBERT RICCI     11,108       11,108       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 ROBERT SCHUSTER     100,000       100,000       0.07 %     —         0.00 %
 ROBERT SETZER     126,120       126,120       0.09 %     —         0.00 %
 RON A. LEVENE     82,767       82,767       0.06 %     —         0.00 %
 TERRY BRODKIN     110,000       110,000       0.08 %     —         0.00 %
 THE MANGIA FAMILY TRUST U/A DTD 01/12/16     3,298       3,298       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 TRAVIS CLARK     4,123       4,123       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 STEVE CAUDLE     4,000,000       2,000,000       2.92 %     2,000,000       1.46 %
 MATT WEIDNER     50,000       50,000       0.04 %     —         0.00 %
 HAYDEN BRIMHALL     50,000       50,000       0.04 %     —         0.00 %
 MATT YOUNAN     50,000       50,000       0.04 %     —         0.00 %

 

32  
Table of Contents    

 

 NATE CURRAN     25,000       25,000       0.02 %     —         0.00 %
 BRETT BRIMHALL     30,000       30,000       0.02 %     —         0.00 %
 ERIK LILYQUIST     100,000       100,000       0.07 %     —         0.00 %
 SARGON BENJAMIN     150,000       150,000       0.11 %     —         0.00 %
 NICOLAS CAROVILLANO     10,000       10,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 KENT HARDING     550,000       550,000       0.40 %     —         0.00 %
 JOHN HACKETT     20,000       20,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 JONATHAN HAGGER     50,000       50,000       0.04 %     —         0.00 %
 PAUL SPATZ     20,000       20,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 CRAIG MATTSON     100,000       100,000       0.07 %     —         0.00 %
 MAXWELL POST     15,000       15,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 MERIT PERRY     80,000       80,000       0.06 %     —         0.00 %
 BRANDON ALICE     250,000       250,000       0.18 %     —         0.00 %
 LOUIS FREED     125,000       125,000       0.09 %     —         0.00 %
 EUGENE DE LA CRUZ     1,500,000       1,500,000       1.10 %     —         0.00 %
 DARRYLL FOSTER     250,000       250,000       0.18 %     —         0.00 %
 DANIEL CLARK     250,000       250,000       0.18 %     —         0.00 %
 RICHARD SILVERMAN     50,000       50,000       0.04 %     —         0.00 %
 FINANCIAL BUZZ MEDIA NETWORKS LLC     2,500,000       1,250,000       1.83 %     1,250,000       0.91 %
 GUIYUN CHEN     10,000       10,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 ZEWEI CHEN     20,000       20,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %

 

33  
Table of Contents    

 

 DONGJUN JIA     20,000       20,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 SHUNDA JIA     10,000       10,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 CHRIS COPELAND     12,675       12,675       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
 DAVID I NEWMAN REVOCABLE LIVING TRUST     1,000,000       1,000,000       0.73 %     —         0.00 %
 INVESTMENT REAL ESTATE     2,500       2,500       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 KERRY J. NEAL     5,000       5,000       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 MITSUNOBU AMAZAKI     6       6       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 PATRICK GUIANT     55,200       55,200       0.04 %     —         0.00 %
 ROB JENKS     38,025       38,025       0.03 %     —         0.00 %
 ROBERT JAMES SHUBERT     2,500       2,500       0.00 %     —         0.00 %
 RON MONARK     125,400       125,400       0.09 %     —         0.00 %
 EDWARD WILLIS LEBERT Jr.     250,000       250,000       0.18 %     —         0.00 %
 XROADS LLC     10,000       10,000       0.01 %     —         0.00 %
                                                                                           -     96,657,950       38,208,210               58,449,740          

 

 

  (1) Based upon 136,953,904 shares of common stock issued and outstanding at September 10, 2018. Certain shareholders not included in total above due to small amounts.

 

  (2) Officer and/or director of our Company.

 

  (3) The individuals have voting control for the entities noted in the list below (b).

 

  (4) We are registering a total of 8,500,000 shares in which our officers/directors are considered to have beneficial ownership.

 

  (5) Are the family members of Richard Eberhardt, officer and a Director of our Company, but not dependents and he disclaims any ownership or control of such shares.

 

  (6) Are the family members of Stephen J. Thomas, III, officer and a Director of our Company, but not dependents and he disclaims any ownership or control of such shares.

 

34  
Table of Contents    

 

Other than the material relationships, discussed above, the listed selling security holders have not had a material relationship with the registrant.

 

(b) The table below shows the person with voting control for the entities listed in (a) above.

 

 

NAME OF THE ENTITY PERSON WITH VOTING CONTROL NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES BEING REGISTERED AFFILIATE OF COMPANY?
       
Cane Industries, LLC Chris Cane 50,000 No
Capital-Plus Partners Robert Setzer 333,422 No
Clear View Communications William Maloney 40,000 No
Conexus Telecom Jonathan Fink 125,000 No
Critical Systems & Support Ltd. Michael Fleming 13,476 No
Feivel Investment, LLC Ethan Luu 30,000 No
Foresight Group, LLC Robert Fabrizio 150,000 No
Investment Real Estate Unknown 2,500 No
M-Cube Corporation Unknown 6 No
Pantheon Partners Renee Morentine 200,000 No
Penny Pros, LLC Sean Ryan 50,000 No
Planet One Communications, Inc. Ted Schuman 150,000 No
Praise Direct Holdings Limited Unknown 1,000 No
SEO Stradegy Group Jay Scorakaw 450,000 No
DFINANCIAL BUZZ MEDIA NETWORKS LLC Jiang Yu 2,000,000 No
XROADS, LLC Unknown 10,000 No
       

 

ITEM 8. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

Upon effectiveness of this amendment to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, our existing selling shareholders may sell their securities at market prices or at any price in privately negotiated transactions.

 

Our selling shareholders may be deemed underwriters in this offering.

 

The selling shareholders are not paying any of the offering expenses and we will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling shareholders.

 

ITEM 9. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

The securities being registered and/or offered by this Prospectus are common shares.

 

Common Stock

 

We are presently authorized to issue one billion (1,000,000,000) shares of our $0.001 par value common stock. A total of One Hundred Thirty-Six Million, Nine Hundred Fifty-Three Thousand, Nine Hundred Four (136,953,904) common shares are issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2018.

 

Common Shares

 

All common shares are equal to each other with respect to voting, liquidation, and dividend rights. Special shareholders' meetings may be called by the officers or director, or upon the request of holders of at least one-tenth (1/10th) of the outstanding shares. Holders of shares are entitled to one vote at any shareholders' meeting for each share they own as of the record date fixed by the board of directors. There is no quorum requirement for

35  
Table of Contents    

 

shareholders' meetings. Therefore, a vote of the majority of the shares represented at a meeting will govern even if this is substantially less than a majority of the shares outstanding. Holders of shares are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefore, and upon liquidation are entitled to participate pro rata in a distribution of assets available for such a distribution to shareholders. There are no conversion, pre-emptive or other subscription rights or privileges with respect to any shares. Reference is made to our Articles of Incorporation and our By-Laws as well as to the applicable statutes of the State of Florida for a more complete description of the rights and liabilities of holders of shares. It should be noted that the board of directors without notice to the shareholders may amend the By-Laws. Our shares do not have cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares voting for election of directors may elect all the directors if they choose to do so. In such event, the holders of the remaining shares aggregating less than fifty percent (50%) of the shares voting for election of directors may not be able to elect any director.

 

Preferred shares

 

As of June 30, 2018, we had authorized one hundred million (100,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, of which certain shares had been designated as Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.

 

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

 

In February 2015, we designated 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series A Preferred Stock.

 

The Series A Preferred Stock was designated in February 2015, has a par value of $.001, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined, and of an amount equal to $100 per share. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall, collectively have the right to convert all of their Series A Preferred Stock when conversion is elected into that number of shares of Common Stock of our Company, determined by the following formula: 60% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares as computed immediately after the transaction for conversion. For further clarification, the 60% of the issued and outstanding common shares includes what the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock may already hold in common shares at the time of conversion. The Series A Preferred Stock, collectively, shall have the right to vote as if converted prior to the vote to an amount of shares equal to 60% of the outstanding Common Stock of our Company.

 

In February 2015, the Board of Directors authorized the issuance of 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Stephen J. Thomas, III, Chairman, CEO and President of our Company, valued at $3,117,000 for compensation expense.

 

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

 

In February 2015, we designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series B Preferred Stock.

 

The Series B Preferred Stock was designated in February 2015, has a par value of $.001, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series B Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any part of the Series B Preferred Shares and will receive and equal amount of common shares at the conversion price of $2.00 per share. The Series B Preferred Stock holders have a right to vote on any matter with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one to one basis. There are 2,588,693 Series B Preferred Stock shares issued and outstanding currently.

 

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock

 

In May 2018, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock.

 

The Series C Preferred Stock was designated in May 2018, has a par value of $.001, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series C Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A and B Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series C Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any part of the Series C Preferred Shares and will receive and equal amount of common shares at the conversion price of $0.15 per share. The Series C Preferred Stock holders have a right to vote on any matter with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one to one basis. There are no shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding currently.

 

 

36  
Table of Contents    

 

Options & Warrants

 

Effective October 14, 2017, we adopted the 2017 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option and Award Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan provides for grants of nonqualified stock options and other stock awards, including warrants, to designated employees, officers, directors, advisors and independent contractors. A maximum of 20,000,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for options and other stock awards under the Plan. We have the ability to issue either options or warrants under the Plan.

 

As of June 30, 2018, we had options outstanding to purchase 3,093,120 shares of common stock of the Company as follows:

 

 

Grant Purpose Grant Date Number Exercise Price Expiration Date Vesting
Part of debt issuance terms Various 93,120 $0.046 to $0.22 12-31-2019 100%
Consulting 3-21-2018 1,000,000 $0.10 3-20-2021 100%
Legal services 3-1-2018 2,000,000 $0.10 2-28-2020 Monthly over 18 mos.

 

There are no warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2018.

 

Transfer Agent

 

The transfer agent for our securities is Clear Trust, with offices at 16540 Pointe Village Dr., Suite 210, Lutz, Florida 33558, Phone (813) 235-4490.

 

ITEM 10. INTEREST OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

 

We have not hired or retained any experts or counsel on a contingent basis, who would receive a direct or indirect interest in us, or who is, or was, our promoter, underwriter, voting trustee, director, officer or employee.

 

ITEM 11. INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO THE REGISTRANT

 

a . DESCRIPTION of BUSINESS

 

BUSINESS SUMMARY

 

This prospectus contains various forward-looking statements that are based on our beliefs as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to us. When used in this prospectus, the words "believe", "expect", "anticipate", "estimate" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements may include statements regarding seeking business opportunities, payment of operating expenses, and the like, and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions which could cause actual results to differ materially from projections or estimates. Factors which could cause actual results to differ materially are discussed at length under the heading "Risk Factors". Should one or more of the enumerated risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, all of which speak only as of the date made.

 

In this prospectus, unless the context requires otherwise, references to “we,” “our,” or “us” refer to TPT Global Tech, Inc. and our consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Company Overview

 

Through key acquisitions, in 2015 we launched wholesale and retail operations in the United States and Internationally. These first acquisitions with their customer bases, Distribution Channels and Technology are the base for our organic growth strategy opportunities to cross pollinate or sell our planned New Generation, New Media Technology products and services, Domestically and Internationally.

 

We, and our related companies and acquisitions, are seeking to be an innovative Telecom/CUBS (Cloud Unified Businesses Services) as one of the first to combine recurring Telecom, Mobile Banking, Media and Data/Cloud Services revenue under one roof, and then bring all relevant data from those services into a proprietary information matrix platform capable of delivering a “Daily and Intelligent Dashboard” to our Domestic and International customers. Such a cohesive combination of services and information from a single provider has been heretofore nonexistent. We intend to pioneer an integrated

37  
Table of Contents    

 

communication services and information technology suite, to empower companies with vital communications services technology, and highly relevant diagnostic information.

 

To date we have generated revenues primarily through operating as a Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (“CLEC”) in Arizona. Our primary revenues in 2016 and 2017 are primarily from telecommunications services and products.

 

Our operating divisions historically have been those that sell telecommunications services and those that sale telecommunications products. Cloud based services assets were acquired in 2016 and are intended to be more of a contributing factor to revenues in 2017 and forward.

 

Our Key Divisions: K Telecom and Global Telecom- GSM Distribution

 

K Telecom and Global Telecom are located in the Northwest of the United States and sell and distribute GSM Cell Phone and Prepaid GSM Services for MVNO’s (Mobile Virtual Network Operators) through approximately 100 brick and mortar retail store-front locations in Washington and Oregon.

 

Our TruCom, LLC– CLEC–Phoenix, Arizona

 

Our TruCom division, a subsidiary of Copperhead Digital Holdings, LLC, is a Facilities Based Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (CLEC) headquartered in Phoenix, AZ. Founded in 2006 (as Copperhead Digital Carrier) for the purpose of operating a state-of-the-art Fiber Optic Network constructed by and acquired from Adelphia Communications, TruCom now operates its own carrier class Fiber Optic Network, state-of-the-art Wireless Point-to-Point network, and Patent Pending proprietary “Bulletproof” technology seamlessly integrating the two.

 

TruCom offers Phone, Internet, Fiber Optic, Wireless, Hosted PBX, Wi-Fi, Wi-Max, Engineering, Cabling, Wiring and Cloud services. With a penchant for pushing the envelope, TruCom has pioneered innovative, hosted firewall and managed MPLS service technologies (SuperCore MPLS™) and was the Industry first to engineer patent-pending failover services utilizing our own fiber optic and wireless networks to guarantee business continuity and service uptime. Located in multiple Local Serving Offices and Points of Presence (POP’s) in the primary Data Centers in the market, TruCom’s extensive Fiber Optic Network runs through the heart of the most densely populated corridors of the Greater Phoenix Metro Area. Their Wireless Point to Point and Point to Multipoint Network is fed by the infinitely scalable capacity of the Fiber Optic Network and consists of more than 16 Major Access Points. This footprint not only provides coverage throughout the metro area, but also spans into outlying Cities, often providing the only carrier grade solution available in the region. TruCom’s substantial Network Assets, Innovative Service Offerings, and Dedicated Customer Service have driven a substantial increase in revenue each year over the past several years. With Clients like Arizona’s largest Hospitals, Multiple Universities, Government Municipalities, and Business leaders, TruCom has established itself as a Telecommunications Network Operator and Service Provider in the State of Arizona, operating since 2007.

 

Our Port2Port Assets

 

We acquired assets that relate to reseller call termination both domestically and internationally in Dallas Texas of Port2Port. These assets provide approximately 100 Domestic and international customers and vendors terminating wholesale calls domestically and internationally.

 

Our San Diego Media Division

 

San Diego Media, Inc. (“SDM”)( www.sandiegomedia.com) is an established Southern California based software engineering and Internet e-commerce marketing services company that provides enterprise-class integrated solutions for manufacturers, retailers, and distributors focused on developing solutions for companies seeking online growth and profitability.

 

Founded in 1999, historically the primary market offering has been MaxEXP®, a proven stable, productivity-enabling proprietary eCommerce platform, built on open-standards technology that empowers companies to deploy and manage eCommerce offerings at lower cost and at less time than required to deploy more conventional high-end solutions — and, we believe, all without sacrificing the essential merchandising functionality, customizability, extensibility, scalability, security, and performance that much more expensive solutions provide. MaxEXP supports both B2B and B2C functionality simultaneously which few other eCommerce solutions will provide successfully out-of-the-box.

38  
Table of Contents    

  

These early engagements have enabled SDM to solidify and refine the core SDM technology architecture and to enhance the platform with market-driven merchandising features and functionality. SDM has made significant R&D investments in operational infrastructure including sophisticated monitoring systems, comprehensive security, time-tracking, client management tools, and continuous compliance with the demanding payment card industry (PCI) standards.

 

SDM has complemented these systems with a full range of automated and enterprise-class capabilities for fully integrating with customer’s legacy systems, call centers, fulfillment houses, and other critical business process applications.

 

SDM has complimented its technologies with a wider range of professional internet and marketing services that enables client success, to create successful business relationships over long-term.

 

As the market has changed through the years SDM has continued to innovate and expand its strategic and technology development partnerships; these include, MIndTouch, BigCommerce, Avalara, CPC Strategies, eBridge, Imperva Incapsula, Chris Chase Design. SDM’s newest client is based in Singapore and it represents its most innovative use of technologies to date.

 

Technology Company Overview

 

Our Company was formed as the successor of two US Corporations, Ally Pharma US, a Pharmaceutical technology research company founded in 1988 and TPT Global Inc. a Media Content, Voice and Data, Interconnect and International gateway provider. TPT Global Tech is headquartered in San Diego, California and operates as a holding company for its Media, Smartphone, Network, Content and SaaS (Software as a Services) domestic and international businesses.

 

Historically and through key acquisitions we launched Telecommunications wholesale and retail operations in the United States and Internationally. These first acquisitions with their Customer Bases, Distribution Channels and Technology are the base for our organic growth strategy and provide opportunities to cross sell our platforms and New Media Technology products and services Domestically and Internationally.

 

We operate as a Media Content Hub for Domestic and International syndication, Technology/Telecommunications company using on our own proprietary Global Digital Media TV and Telecommunications infrastructure platform and we also provides technology solutions to businesses worldwide. We offer Software as a Service (SaaS), Technology Platform as a Service (PAAS), Cloud-based Unified Communication as a Service (UCaaS) and carrier-grade performance and support for businesses over our private IP MPLS fiber and wireless network in the United States. Our cloud-based UCaaS services allow businesses of any size to enjoy all the latest voice, data, media and collaboration features in today's global technology markets. We also operate as a Master Distributor for Nationwide Mobile Virtual Network Operators (MVNO) and Independent Sales Organization (ISO) as a Master Distributor for Pre-Paid Cellphone services, Mobile phones, Cellphone Accessories and Global Roaming Cellphones.

 

Our technologies “Gathers Big Data” to predict our customers’ viewing and spending habits. We then deliver Products and Services to support that estimated demand and share advertising revenues with our Content, Digital Media and Linear Broadcast Partners worldwide.

 

Each of our four divisions contributes to the launch of our global Content delivery platform “Viewme Live” and creates cross pollinating revenue opportunities and a closed Global E-commerce Eco environment which we believe will help us execute our short and long term corporate objectives. Our Content Division which consists of Blue Collar Productions (our TV and Film content Production company) creates original content and in some cases third party content. Once Content has been produced we will then broadcast and delivered that content over our proprietary Mobile TV Platform on our proprietary Trucom Telecommunication Network infrastructure domestically and internationally.

 

Our corporate goal is to work within our four in house divisions (Smartphone, Network, Content and SaaS) to launch hardware sales and build a viewer subscriber base domestically and internationally. This edge device deployment would deliver free Content, free Linear Broadcast feeds and Social Media features on our Free proprietary Mobile app platform with the anticipation to aggregate and showcase our original and third-party Content, Digital Media and Linear broadcast feeds from and too the four corners of the Globe.

 

All of the back technology or features for Viewme Live have been developed and we anticipate spending additional $500,000 USD to complete the front-end features which believe will take approximately 120 days from our funding event.

 

We have generated revenues in 2016 and 2017, and to date in 2018, primarily through operating as a Facilities Based Telecommunications Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (“CLEC”) in Arizona. The company currently operates an approximate 58 miles Fiber optic ring throughout the greater Phoenix valley offering such services as Basic Residential Phone service, Basic Business phone service, POT’s lines, Basic Fiber Broadband Internet services, Wireless Internet Services, Toll Free 800 services, EFax, Erate, Dedicated T-1 Services, Auto Attendant, SIP Trunks, Mobile and Voip services. These services will continue for the forseeable future weighted heavily towards offering more Wireless Internet services and the Fiber Ring

39  
Table of Contents    

 

will be transformed into a Private Test facility to be offered for rent to businesses needing a private network to test new products for proof of concept purposes.

 

We, and our related acquired companies are seeking to be an innovative Media-Telecom/CUBS (Cloud Unified Businesses Services) company and one of the first to combine recurring Telecom, Media and Data/Cloud Services revenue under one roof, then bring all relevant data from those services into a proprietary telecom infrastructure and information matrix platform capable of delivering a “Daily and Intelligent Dashboard” to our Domestic and International customers. Such a planned cohesive combination of services and information from a single provider has been heretofore nonexistent. We intend to pioneer an integrate communication services and information technology suites to empower individuals and companies with vital communications, Smartphone, Network, Content, SaaS (Software as A Service), New Media Technology products and services, and valuable relevant diagnostic information both Domestically and Internationally. 

 

We are currently able to deliver a live Global TV Broadcast and Social Media Platform utilizing a Mobile App technology on our proprietary Content Delivery Network. We plan to expand our Cloud Unified Business Services (CUBS) technology-based business services unifying multiple services from the cloud.

 

CUBS (Cloud Unified Business Services) - We are a CUBS provider, acquiring customers and then cross selling additional products and services through our proprietary Wrap Around Relationship Marketing (WARM) system, intending to make the customers very sticky.

 

Planned Activities

 

Big Data & Predictive Analytics - Our capability to utilize our proprietary aggregation platform to gather data from our hardware and software edge device (End Users) deployments positions the Company to be a leader in predictive analytics.

 

 

 

Cross-Sales – Our growth strategy through complimentary acquisitions may create opportunities to cross and sell its New Generation, New Media technology products and services to a growing customer base across multiple distribution channels, both domestically and internationally.

 

 

Market Launch - Thru our acquisition of View-me Live from Matrix, we have acquired the live backend broadcast Network technology for our Global Mobile TV and Social Media platform. Subject to raising capital ($500,000) from our fund raising activities we believe we are approximately 120 days from completing the frontend development component to launch its “View-me Live” Mobile APP delivery platform at an estimated cost of $500,000 USD.

 

40  
Table of Contents    

 

Liquidity and Capital Resource Needs

                             
                             
    SaaS   /----------Content------/   /---------Network--------/   Phone   General
Initial Proposed Uses of Funds:                            
    San Diego Media   Blue Collar   Viewme Live   Proposed Acquisition   Lion Phone 4K Units   General   2018/2019 Acq Totals
E st. Build-Out Costs-Complex   $ —                                               $ —    
 Studio  Equip                   $ 400,000                             $ 400,000  
Hardware Manufacturing                                   $ 500,000             $ 500,000  
Viewme Live Completion                   $ 2,000,000                             $ 2,000,000  
Initial Capx   $ —       $ —       $ 2,400,000     $ —       $ 500,000     $ —       $ 2,900,000  
 Down Payment Cash for Acquisitions                           $ 3,000,000     $ 400,000             $ 3,400,000  
Seller Note Retirement   $ 250,000     $ 1,600,000     $ 4,000,000                             $ 5,850,000  
Marketing  Budget                   $ 1,000,000               1,000,000       250,000     $ 2,250,000  
General Working Capital   $ 100,000                                     $ 2,000,000     $ 2,100,000  
Real Estate Acquisition                                                   $ —    
Total Project  Cost   $ 350,000     $ 1,600,000     $ 7,400,000     $ 3,000,000     $ 1,900,000     $ 2,250,000     $ 16,500,000  

  

 

 

Quarter by Quarter Analysis   SaaS   /---------------Content-----------/   Network   Phone   General   Total
  Capital :                                                      
  2018                                                      
                                                         
                                                         
  3 rd                           $ 3,000,000     $ 250,000             $3,250,000
  4 th   $ 250,000     $ 1,600,000     $ 2,400,000             $ 650,000             $4,900,000
  2019                                                     $2,000,000
  1 st                   $ 2,000,000                             $2,000,000
  2 nd                   2,000,000                              $2,000,000
  Working Capital:                                                      
  2018                                                      
                                                         
                                                         
  3 rd   $ 100,000                                     $ 500,000     $600,000
  4 th                   $ 100,000             $ 350,000     $ 750,000     $1,200,000
  2019                                                      
  1st Qtr                     $ 450,000             $ 350,000     $ 500,000     $1,300,000
  2 nd                   $ 450,000             $ 300,000     $ 500,000     $1,250,000
        $ 350,000     $ 1,600,000     $ 7,400,000     $ 3,000,000     $ 1,900,000     $ 2,250,000     $16,500,000

 

 

    Projected Capital Phases
Form S-1   9/20/2018   $ 0  
Private Placement   9/30/2018   $ 4,500,000  
Updated Form S-1   12/31/2018   $ 12,000,000  
        $ 16,500,000  

 

41  
Table of Contents    

 

QUARTERLY BUDGET

 

2018       2019        
3rd Qtr   4th Qtr   1st Qtr   2nd Qtr   Total
                 
$ 0                             $ 0  
        $ 0                     $ 0  
$ 3,250,000                             $ 3,250,000  
        $ 4,900,000                     $ 4,900,000  
                                $ 0  
                $ 2,000,000             $ 2,000,000  
                        $ 2,000,000     $ 2,000,000  
                                $ 0  
                                $ 0  
$ 0                             $ 0  
        $ 0                     $ 0  
$ 600,000                             $ 600,000  
        $ 1,200,000                     $ 1,200,000  
                                $ 0  
                $ 1,300,000             $ 1,300,000  
                        $ 1,250,000     $ 1,250,000  
$ 3,850,000     $ 6,100,000     $ 3,300,000     $ 3,250,000     $ 16,500,000  

 

 

    2018       2019        
    3rd Qtr   4th Qtr   1st Qtr   2nd Qtr   Total
                     
   SaaS      $ 0     $ 250,000                     $ 250,000  
      WC      $ 100,000     $ 0             $ 0     $ 100,000  
   Content      $ 400,000     $ 3,600,000     $ 2,000,000     $ 2,000,000     $ 8,000,000  
      WC              $ 100,000     $ 450,000     $ 450,000     $ 1,000,000  
   Network      $ 3,000,000     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 3,000,000  
      WC                                           
   Phone      $ 500,000     $ 400,000                     $ 900,000  
       WC      $ 0     $ 350,000     $ 350,000     $ 300,000     $ 1,000,000  
   General      $ 500,000     $ 750,000     $ 500,000     $ 500,000     $ 2,250,000  
                                             
        $ 4,500,000     $ 5,450,000     $ 3,300,000     $ 3,250,000     $ 16,500,000  

 

 

42  
Table of Contents    

 

RECENT ACQUISITIONS OF OPERATING DIVISIONS/SUBSIDIARIES

 

Blue Collar Production Division

 

Our production division, Blue Collar Productions (formerly Blue Collar, Inc.), creates original live action and animated content productions and has produced hundreds of hours of material for the television, theatrical, home entertainment and new media markets. Mr. Rowen, our CEO of Blue Collar, works closely with major television networks, cable channels and film studios to produce home entertainment products.

The Documentary film group at Blue Collar recently completed a film on the cultural impact of Goodfellas : 20 Years Later that featured Martin Scorsese, Robert DeNiro, Lorraine Bracco, Leonardo DiCaprio and many others. They have also produced a series of film anthologies for Turner Classic Movies. Blue Collar is currently in production on Built To Fail, which is a look at the history of street wear. The film features Tommy Hilfiger, Russell Simmons and a host of notable street wear designers. They are also in pre-production on The 29 Club , a look at notable musicians who all tragically died at age 29; Memories in Music , which is an in-depth study of the impact of memory through music on Alzheimer’s patients and Faces of Vegas , an exploration into the culture of Las Vegas, Nevada.

Blue Collar Productions currently has the feature film Looking For Alaska , based on the John Green novel, producing for Paramount Pictures. The company produced for a pilot for MTV for a possible series, “My Jam” aired in the Fall of 2016. Blue Collar has also produced two seasons of “Caribbean’s Next Top Model Season.”

Blue Collar Productions designs branding and marketing campaigns and has had contracts with some of the world’s largest companies including PepsiCo, Intel, HP, WalMart and many other Fortune 500 companies. Additionally, they create motion picture, television and home entertainment marketing campaigns for studios including Sony, DreamWorks, Twentieth Century Fox, Universal Studios, Paramount Studios, and Warner Brothers.

The CEO of this division, Mr. Rowen, has worked with filmmakers including Steven Spielberg, Ron Howard, Brett Ratner and James Cameron. Mr. Rowen also has very close working relationships with actors including Tom Hanks, Brad Pitt, Julia Roberts, Robert Downey, Jr., Denzel Washington, Ryan Gosling, Sofia Vergara, Mariska Hargitay and many others.

Prior to starting Blue Collar Productions, Mr. Rowen functioned as the head of home entertainment production for DreamWorks SKG from 1997 to 2000. He also serves as the President of Long Leash Entertainment, an aggregator of entertainment based intellectual property and creator of high-end entertainment content.

Our Business Methods

 

Centralized Platform and New Generation Network

 

We are now operating a next-generation broadband network reselling other companies’ networks on a wholesale arbitrage basis (buying and reselling other companies’ capacity) on our centralized VIVO Platform. We are interconnected to U.S. and International carriers to date. Once funded, we intend to deploy our own in-country networks in the targeted emerging markets. This will enable us to be able to provide better quality termination and increase our operating margins. We believe our platform will produce substantial operational cost savings. Because of our pricing advantage, we are able to offer our clients products and services at an attractive pricing structure, creating a strong competitive advantage. Based on our low network operating costs and low-cost infrastructure, we believe we may penetrate emerging markets with little network build-out and at a reasonable price. Management believes that our service offerings will be well received in emerging markets based on existing relationships and pricing structure, which will enable us to set the industry standard with little competition.

 

Once we establish in-country networks, we will be able to market Phones, Networks, Content and SaaS products targeted to specific subgroups that coincide with the country/region where we have a network in place or a strategic partnership network in place.

 

43  
Table of Contents    

Use of Incumbent Networks

 

Under formal agreements we can privately brand and resell incumbent carriers’ underlying broadband networks, while deploying our own Wimax/Wi-Fi/GSM service plans and mobile handsets.

 

As a true value add, our VIVO billing platform allows us to manage the billing and routing, offering our customers a seamless, branded network from anywhere we maintain a relationship. By way of incumbent operator networks, we can sell and market to retail and wholesale customers without the high infrastructure costs associated with deploying our own network. If and when the revenues justify the cost of constructing our own network, we plan to investigate adding a wireless Broadband/ GSM network, and transfer our customer base in a final step to reduce costs of goods sold long-term.

 

Wholesale Termination

 

Wholesale termination is the reselling of excess network capacity on a reciprocal basis to other telecom carriers both domestically and internationally. Due to the large number of carrier relationships we have in the US and abroad, we believe we can immediately increase our wholesale termination in each country in which we have a license to operate. This wholesale activity generates additional cash flow immediately if successfully implemented. Wholesale termination is a low risk, low margin business.

 

Service Description

 

Our next-generation wireless Broadband/GSM network relies on non-line-of-sight technology. This will provide a level of performance comparable to that delivered by evolving Worldwide Interoperability of Microwave Access (WiMAX) standards. The cost advantage equates to substantial reductions of fixed costs as compared to building traditional, legacy, and switched networks.

 

Our products and marketing strategy unifies the various features available in today’s telecommunication environment including:

 

  · Significant international broadband capacity

 

  · High quality VoIP communication

 

  · Cellular/GSM and Wi-Fi wireless convergence

 

  · IPTV, Content Applications and Financial Services Products

 

  · Remote network management

 

  · Sophisticated Prepaid, Wholesale and Retail billing

 

  · CRM management; and Intranet Build-out, back office management and reporting.

 

Our Business Segments

 

Our business segment consists generally of providing strategic, legacy and data integration products and services to small, medium and enterprise business, wholesale and governmental customers, including other communication providers. Our strategic products and services offered to these customers include our collocation, hosting, broadband, VoIP, information technology and other ancillary services. Our services offered to these customers primarily include local and long-distance voice, inducing the sale of unbundled network elements (“UNEs”), switched access and other ancillary services. Our product offerings include the sale of telecommunications equipment located on customers’ premises and related products and professional services, all of which are described further below.

 

Our products and services include local and long-distance voice, broadband, Ethernet, collocation, hosting (including cloud hosting and managed hosting), data integration, video, network, public access, VoIP, information technology and other ancillary services.

 

We offer our customers the ability to bundle together several products and services. For example, we offer integrated and unlimited local and long-distance voice services. Our customers can also bundle two or more services such as broadband, video (including through our strategic partnerships), voice services. We believe our customers value the convenience and price discounts associated with receiving multiple services through a single company.

 

Most of our products and services are provided using our telecommunications network, which consists of voice and data switches, copper cables, fiber-optic cables and other equipment.

 

Described in greater detail below are our key products and services.

44  
Table of Contents    

K Telecom and Global Telecom- GSM Distribution

 

K Telecom and Global Telecom are located in the Northwest of the United States and sell and distribute GSM Cell Phone and Prepaid GSM Services for MVNO’s (Mobile Virtual Network Operators) through approximately 100 brick and mortar retail store-front locations in Washington and Oregon.

 

TruCom, LLC– CLEC–Phoenix, Arizona

 

Our TruCom division, a subsidiary of Copperhead Digital Holdings, LLC, is a Facilities Based Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (CLEC) headquartered in Phoenix, AZ. Founded in 2006 (as Copperhead Digital Carrier) for the purpose of operating a state-of-the-art Fiber Optic Network constructed by and acquired from Adelphia Communications, TruCom now operates its own carrier class Fiber Optic Network, state-of-the-art Wireless Point-to-Point network, and Patent Pending proprietary “Bulletproof” technology seamlessly integrating the two.

 

TruCom offers Phone, Internet, Fiber Optic, Wireless, Hosted PBX, Wi-Fi, Wi-Max, Engineering, Cabling, Wiring and Cloud services. TruCom offers hosted firewall and managed MPLS service technologies (SuperCore MPLS™). The company currently operates an approximate 58 miles Fiber optic ring throughout the greater Phoenix valley offering such services as Basic Residential Phone service, Basic Business phone service, POT’s lines, Basic Fiber Broadband Internet services, Wireless Internet Services, Toll Free 800 services, EFax, Erate, Dedicated T-1 Services, Auto Attendant, SIP Trunks, Mobile and Voip services.

 

Port2Port Division

 

Assets for reseller call termination both domestically and internationally in Dallas Texas. These assets provide approximately 100 Domestic and international customers and vendors terminating wholesale calls domestically and internationally.

 

San Diego Media

 

San Diego Media, Inc. (“SDM”)( www.sandiegomedia.com) is an established Southern California based software engineering and Internet e-commerce marketing services company that provides enterprise-class integrated solutions for manufacturers, retailers, and distributors focused on developing solutions for companies seeking online growth and profitability. The primary market offering has been MaxEXP®, a proven stable, productivity-enabling proprietary eCommerce platform, built on open-standards technology that empowers companies to deploy and manage eCommerce offerings at lower cost and at less time than required to deploy more conventional high-end solutions.

 

Media Content

 

We operate as a Media Content Hub for Domestic and International syndication, Technology/Telecommunications company using on our own proprietary Global Digital Media TV and Telecommunications infrastructure platform and we also provides technology solutions to businesses worldwide. We offer Software as a Service (SaaS), Technology Platform as a Service (PAAS), Cloud-based Unified Communication as a Service (UCaaS) and carrier-grade performance and support for businesses over our private IP MPLS fiber and wireless network in the United States. Our cloud-based UCaaS services allow businesses of any size to enjoy all the latest voice, data, media and collaboration features in today's global technology markets. We also operate as a Master Distributor for Nationwide Mobile Virtual Network Operators (MVNO) and Independent Sales Organization (ISO) as a Master Distributor for Pre-Paid Cellphone services, Mobile phones, Cellphone Accessories and Global Roaming Cellphones.

 

Our technologies “Gathers Big Data” to predict our customers’ viewing and spending habits. We then deliver Products and Services to support that estimated demand and share advertising revenues with our Content, Digital Media and Linear Broadcast Partners worldwide.

 

Each of our four divisions contributes to the launch of our global Content delivery platform “Viewme Live” and creates cross pollinating revenue opportunities and a closed Global E-commerce Eco environment which we believe will help us execute our short and long term corporate objectives. Our Content Division which consists of Blue Collar Productions (our TV and Film content Production company) creates original content and in some cases third party content. Once Content has been produced we will then broadcast and delivered that content over our proprietary Mobile TV Platform on our proprietary Trucom Telecommunication Network infrastructure domestically and internationally.

 

45  
Table of Contents    

CUBS (Cloud Unified Business Services)

We are a CUBS provide r (Cloud Unified Businesses Services) company and one of the first to combine recurring Telecom, Media and Data/Cloud Services revenue under one roof, then bring all relevant data from those services into a proprietary telecom infrastructure and information matrix platform capable of delivering a “Daily and Intelligent Dashboard” to our Domestic and International customers. Such a planned cohesive combination of services and information from a single provider has been heretofore nonexistent. We intend to pioneer an integrate communication services and information technology suites to empower individuals and companies with vital communications, Smartphone, Network, Content, SaaS (Software as A Service), New Media Technology products and services, and valuable relevant diagnostic information both Domestically and Internationally.

We are currently able to deliver a live Global TV Broadcast and Social Media Platform utilizing a Mobile App technology on our proprietary Content Delivery Network. We plan to expand our Cloud Unified Business Services (CUBS) technology-based business services unifying multiple services from the cloud.

Blue Collar Production Division

Our production division, Blue Collar Productions (formerly Blue Collar, Inc.), creates original live action and animated content productions. Blue Collar creates original live action and animated content and has produced hundreds of hours of material for the television, theatrical, home entertainment and new media markets.

 

 

CORPORATE ORGANIZATION CHART

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Acquisition agreements executed November 2017 and amended February 2018 and August 18, 2018, completed on September 1, 2018.

 

 

SERVICE STRUCTURE

 

46  
Table of Contents    

 

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

 

We agreed to a JV, Technology Licensing and Product distribution agreement with New Orbit Technologies Mexico. New Orbit Technology is controlled by Stephen J. Thomas Founder, CEO & Chairman TPT Global Tech. The two companies will share net profits 50% from the distribution and sale of TPT Global Tech products and services in Mexico. New Orbit Technology Mexico will focus on Smartphone Technology distribution, Digital Media Products and Renewable Energy projects in the country of Mexico. Under the laws in Mexico, New Orbit must be majority owned by Mexican citizens. We intend to create a collaboration between TPT Global Tech and New Orbit Mexico whereby our products and services are distributed to Mexico through the New Orbit venture. We believe New Orbit Mexico can be the primary distribution partner for TPT Global Tech products and services in Mexico.

 

CORPORATE MARKETING STRATEGY

 

Our corporate strategy in expanding our operations and potential product and service streams is as follows.

 

MARKETING OBJECTIVE:

Establish our brand as a competitive service and product provider in the communications industry.

 

ADVERTISING OBJECTIVE:

To create top of mind brand awareness and emotional relevance resulting: TPT Global Tech, Inc. being the preferred and requested product line of products in the industry.

 

SALES & MERCHANDISING OBJECTIVES:

Our distributor will use direct selling efforts. Their efforts will be supported with our marketing, advertising, and merchandising programs. The primary task will be to increase the sales through retail channels.

 

PURSUE BRAND RECOGNITION THROUGHOUT THE UNITED STATES

 

The first marketing objective must be to refine our brand and secure our place in the minds of the consumers. This will be accomplished through the execution of an integrated branding, identity and services marketing programs. The goals for this segment will be an enhanced brand identity, a brand applications and a digital assets suite.

 

MARKETING STRATEGY

 

Our plan includes a direct sales program targeting businesses, small business and home office users of communications. The direct sales efforts will be supported with third party marketing integration. To further enhance the sales process, we will offer an offering program including services and product sheets, coupons, point of sale materials (banners, shelf talkers, and end cap displays and danglers) and internet marketing programs.

 

Based on the above benefit scenarios, we plan to seize the following opportunities:

 

 

The purpose of our marketing efforts is to move the product sales from their current position into the rapid growing “popularity” stage. Our strategy includes the following marketing programs: Branding; Merchandising; Direct; Display Advertising; Media; Public Relations; Publicity; Events; Investor Relations; Metrics Dashboard; and, Personal Sales. Our objective is to gain the sales momentum required to reach the “brand preference” stage of product growth as soon as possible. This is the stage where we plan sales grow at a steady and stabilized pace.

 

THE DIRECT MARKETING PROGRAM

 

A complete direct marketing program including direct mail, blast email and URLs may be used to introduce the products to new customers and secure leads for the sales team. We plan to employ the services of a database marketing company to leverage techniques to target prospective clients and reinforce product messages throughout the selling process. This process will commence with the modeling of our existing customer data and the analysis of the results using sophisticated analytic tools. Cross-channel marketing will be utilized in conjunction with the direct marketing including social marketing. Our focus of this marketing medium will be relevance and timing, which only this medium can provide full control over and the ability to fully quantify the results.

 

47  
Table of Contents    

 

THE MEDIA MARKETING PROGRAM

 

We intend to test several media options to determine which, if any, effectively drive sales and sales leads. The mediums being consider include outdoor advertising, both static and mobile, magazine ads, and radio spots. Other media to be explored are direct mail post cards and emails to opt in viewers.

 

THE PUBLIC RELATIONS/PUBLICITY PROGRAM

 

We plan to employ the services of a public relations firm to build a corporate profile to keep the name and the services and products in front of consumers. A third-party PR firm will be responsible for writing and publishing press releases, coordinating event marketing and managing investor relations.

 

We employ marketing, sales and customer service personnel on an as needed basis for specific events to build brand awareness. We use a range of marketing strategies and tactics to build our brand and increase sales, including point-

of-sale materials, event sponsorship, in-store and on premise promotions, public relations, and a variety of other traditional and non-traditional marketing techniques to support the sales of all of our products.

 

We believe that a marketing mix of event promotions, social media, print advertising in local media and internet advertising providing information and samples of our products at social events is a strategy that may help increase sales.

 

TARGET CUSTOMER

 

We plan to profile our existing customers and create a sophisticated data model to mathematically and statistically identify our “ideal” customer. Further the model will be used to learn exactly how the target customer wishes to be communicated with and marketed to.

 

THE INTERNATIONAL MARKET

 

We plan to market our product internationally. Many of the current products offered by us have features for the international community. This will be a secondary but strong focus by our marketing team.

 

EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT

 

Our senior management team has over 30 years of experience in the various consumer product industries and has a proven track record of creating value both organically and through strategic acquisitions. Our management intends to utilize the best available and fit-for-purpose technology and experienced contractors to improve production and expand distribution.

 

CORPORATE STRATEGY

 

Our Goals

 

Our primary goal is to continue to grow our business by improving value to our current customers and vendors. In providing a high-quality network we intend to continue to grow our business. Additionally, we intend to purchase established telecommunications and technology companies that will immediately generate and increase traffic (revenue) to our Company’s retail and wholesale network. Companies that we are strategically aligned with have in their core business synergistic retail products and services that include, but are not limited to, Telecom Cloud Services Media, Merchant Services/Mobile Banking, Cloud Services and Media (e.g. credit/debit card processing, check/ACH payment processing, ecommerce/merchant processing, web hosting, voice, data, GSM/Wi-Fi Mobile, Mobile Money Transfers, IPTV, VOD and Live Mobile Broadcasting, Prepaid Calling Card and PIN-less Prepaid services). If we acquire a strategic partner as a subsidiary, we believe we will have the ability to aggregate their analogous technology platforms onto our proprietary Software Access System operating platform for integration and efficiency.

 

We intend to work our media to accelerate cohesively in the mobile technology sectors: LIVE Broadcast, Video on Demand (VOD) Apps, and Digital Video Magazine (DVM) Apps. While “white labeling” our technologies as SaaS, our primary focus is what we believe is the first Global Cyber LIVE Mobile TV broadcast network, Viewme Live. The Viewme Live Network™ is a 24-hour LIVE worldwide mobile TV network, delivered via iOS and Android apps. The Viewme Live Network™ presents a

48  
Table of Contents    

 

diversity of Linear Broadcast Channels (Domestically and International), coupled with Social Media Platforms with combined functions that compete with some of the largest and most powerful Digital Media platforms, to connected audiences who live a mobile-centric life.

 

 

 

DEVELOPMENT FLOW CHART

 

 

Network Services

Domestic and Global Telecommunications offerings include: Mobile TV, Phone, Internet, Fiber Optic, Wireless, Hosted PBX, Wi-Fi, Wi-Max, Engineering, Cabling, Wiring and Cloud services. Our telecommunications division has pioneered innovative, hosted firewall and managed MPLS service technologies (SuperCore MPLS) and was the Industry first to engineer patent-pending Bulletproof™ failover services utilizing our own fiber optic and wireless networks to guarantee business continuity and service uptime.

 

As a retail and business media and telecommunications provider operating a high -speed Fiber Optic Network and Wireless Network in the USA at a cost competitive rate for new technologies, we are growing our operations through sales of our core voice & data connectivity products to small and midsized business clients. We have a growth strategy through acquisitions in order to increase regional operations and deploy more technologies to niche & underserved markets. Unified Cloud Services, Unified Communications (UC) or Unified Communications/Collaboration (UCC) has been a topic of interest to users looking to evolve from a disorderly combination of media, voice, email and message communications to something more structured. Our goal is to target existing and new small and medium businesses (“SMBs”) to transition their older voice system businesses, expand their software collaboration offerings, and most recently build cloud service offerings. Cloud solution gives our customers the flexibility to support a myriad of mobile devices as part of their hardware strategy, whether it's launching a bring-your-own-device initiative, implementing a one-to-one program or equipping SMBs with mobile computing carts full of tablets, netbooks, or notebooks in a secured environment.

 

Scalability and Cost Efficiency

 

Our proprietary Software Access System platform currently runs our global operations. In short, it does this by connecting our customer base with the most profitable vendor route while calculating least cost routing, analyzing route quality, and respecting “dipping” protocols. Based on the demand, we have the ability to scale to meet the needs of our customers. Comparable “off the shelf” software systems in the marketplace can cost in the hundreds of thousands of dollars just to purchase, not to mention expensive service contracts, which may continue in perpetuity after the original purchase. Our proprietary platform, in which we have invested and have developed over several years, we are able to operate a global network with better efficiency which we believe differentiates us from other competitors in the marketplace.

 

49  
Table of Contents    

 

We believe our competitive advantages are:

 

  · Our products and services are 90% ready to launch globally

  · We offer 3-15 seconds latency Cellular – 1-5 on Wi-Fi

  · We offer Proprietary Optimizing / Stabilizing software

  · We offer Multi-Channel LIVE and Video on Demand worldwide

  · We offer Patent Pending real time dynamic failover solution called Bulletproof™

  · We have 57 route miles of fiber optic network meshed with a microwave canopy in Phoenix, Arizona

  · We offer our own proprietary voice switching and management platform running least cost routing and real time financial analytics

  · We have over 175 existing USA and International Telephone companies already interconnected to our telecom switches. These customers and vendors are ready made strategic technology distribution partners for our Telecom, Media, and Cloud Services products

  · We offer Patent Pending Full HD Naked Eye 3D Smartphone

 

Our Strategy

 

Our business, marketing, and sales strategy is structured around:

 

  · Pursuing selective, strategic, distribution relationships combined with cash positive acquisitions to build immediate revenue streams and increase our Company’s network footprint.

  · Utilize the expanded network to offer our Company’s service thereby increasing marginal revenues through the low risk offering of wholesale termination and prepaid services through existing distribution channels, retail stores and E-Commerce both domestically and internationally.

  · Pursuing markets within countries where there is a lower concentration of communications services that will result in initial higher pricing and potential for gross profit.

  · Providing low cost, pricing leading VoIP/GSM value added services through our Company’s next-generation centralized software platform and network.

  · Partnering and developing joint ventures with incumbent networks or government agencies to penetrate local emerging markets in order to build and operate Intranet Network Infrastructures that would move data over a secured network servicing government buildings and agencies, including police, military, hospitals and schools.

 

Our Intended Marketing Plan and Product Roll Out for 4th Quarter 2018

 

  · Satellite radio syndication simulcast with over 25 million domestic U.S. listeners

  · Connected TV partner with over 18 million viewers worldwide.

  · Airline entertainment partnership with over 12 million international viewers.

  · Supported by an international public relations firm.

  · Comprehensive social media marketing campaign involving popular bloggers and podcasters

 

Our sales and marketing approach to our business and consumer customers emphasizes customer-oriented sales, marketing and service. Our marketing plans include marketing our products and services primarily through direct sales representatives, inbound call centers, local retail stores, telemarketing and third parties, including retailers, satellite television providers, door

50  
Table of Contents    

 

to door sales agents and digital marketing firms. We support our distribution with digital marketing, direct mail, bill inserts, newspaper and television advertising, website promotions, public relations activities and sponsorship of community events and sports venues.

 

Similarly, our sales and marketing approach to our business customers includes a commitment to provide comprehensive communications and IT solutions for business, wholesale and governmental customers of all sizes, ranging from small offices to select enterprise customers. We strive to offer our business customers stable, reliable, secure and trusted solutions. Our marketing plans include marketing our products and services primarily through digital advertising, direct sales representatives, inbound call centers, telemarketing and third parties, including

telecommunications agents, system integrators, value-added resellers and other telecommunications firms. We support our distribution through digital advertising, events, television advertising, website promotions and public relations.

 

Marketing Designs

 

We have designed our services and products offered to be:

 

  · Portable. We offer the ability to access our network from anywhere within our coverage area without being restricted to a specific location.

  · Simple. Our services are easy to install. After connecting our modem to an ATA or computer and a power source, our wireless broadband service is immediately available and requires no software installation.

  · Fast. We offer speeds that typically exceed legacy cellular networks and are competitive with fixed broadband offerings.

  · A Good Value. We generally price our services competitively because our costs to build and operate our network are significantly lower than the networks operated by many of our competitors.

 

With the popularity of social media, people are demanding fast broadband connectivity on an increasingly mobile basis. We believe that our services meet this demand and will market this in our efforts to increase our subscriber growth rate.

  

OUR COMPANY STRENGTHS

 

We believe the following competitive strengths enable us to meet the demand for simple, reliable and portable wireless broadband connectivity:

  

·          First mover. We are the first company we are aware of to launch a Global Cyber Mobile TV and Social Media Network that incorporates functional feature of the largest Digital Media companies in the world. ​

·          High barriers to entry. Our issued and pending patents, as well as our proprietary Media platforms and Naked Eye 3D technology trade secrets give, us a strong intellectual property position that we believe creates a significant barrier to entry for potential competitors. ​

·          Broad range of applications for our platform. This allows us to build a deep new product pipeline that creates multiple paths to build a large and profitable business.  

·          Multi-billion-dollar addressable market. “Mobile advertising accounted for more than half (51%) of the record-breaking $72.5 billion spent by advertisers last year, according to the latest IAB Internet Advertising Revenue Report, released today by the Interactive Advertising Bureau (IAB), and prepared by PwC US. The total represents a 22 percent increase, up from $59.6 billion in 2015. Mobile experienced a 77 percent upswing from $20.7 billion the previous year, hitting

$36.6 billion in 2016.” http://www.thenewbase.com/home/media-news-events/news-detail/?no_cache=1&newsid=134110&title=mobile-captures-

more-than-half-of-all-us-internet-advertising-revenue-for-the-first-time-ever#.WaSg6caZN-U 

·          Diverse revenue streams including Digital Media partnerships. We anticipate generating significant revenue from our Digital Media platforms. Our Linear Broadcast partners will play a large part in generating revenues from the sale of mobile and social media advertising. ​

 

51  
Table of Contents    

·          Strong senior leadership team. Our founders and senior leaders have experience in building and operating several companies in our business areas. We have phone, network, content, SaaS, product development, and commercialization experience that has enabled us to establish market leadership positions for the companies where we previously were employed.  

·          Differentiated Services. We believe our service is unique because of our combination of our Worldwide Operational Platform, Worldwide Affiliates, Cutting Edge Technology, Portability, Simplicity and Speed to Market with a competitive domestic and International Price Structure. We believe this combination of factors differentiates our subscriber’s experience when compared to broadband services provided by DSL, cable modem, wireless third-generation or 3G, networks.  

·          Strong Spectrum Position. We use unlicensed and licensed spectrum (in Arizona), which avoids radio frequency interference that hinders competitors using non-licensed spectrum, such as WiFi network operators. Access to spectrum is a fundamental barrier to entry for the delivery of high-quality wireless communications. Through our partnerships, we believe that we have access to the second largest spectrum position in our band within the United States. 

·          Advanced, Scalable Technology . Because we intend to design our own software and equipment, we can refine our product development roadmap to meet our subscriber’s needs. We believe our NLOS, IP-based Ethernet architecture and compression technology confers competitive advantages since it simplifies both network deployment and customer use while supporting a broad range of potential premium services. 

·          Efficient Economic Model. We believe our individual market economic model is characterized by low fixed capital and operating expenditures relative to other wireless and wire line broadband service providers. We believe our individual market model is highly scalable and replicable across our markets. As our capabilities evolve, we expect to generate incremental revenue streams from our subscriber base by developing and offering premium products and services. 

·          Experienced Management Team. Stephen J. Thomas, our Founder, Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer, has been an active entrepreneur, operator and investor in the industry for more than 17 years in VoIP and wireless communications industry. He previously served as Director of Network Optimization / Validation for WorldxChange, Inc. and CEO and President of New Orbit Communications, Inc., which focused on International Operator Services in United States, Mexico, El Salvador and Guatemala.

 

FUTURE PLANS

 

Lion Smart Phone Product

 

We are currently seeking a manufacturer for our Lion Smart Phone. Our Management believes our patent pending Lion smart phone is the first Full HD Naked Eye 3D smart phone ever launched in the United States. Lion Universe’s mobile 3D technology is patent pending. The smart phone will be distributed through our wholly-owned subsidiary K-TEL, in their existing brick and mortar distribution channel in the Northwest expanding into other areas. It is anticipated that a national and international roll out will soon follow. TPTW is building industry leading personal cellular phones designed for a wide appeal. With a business model built on innovation and progress starting with the Lion Phone technology, we intend to produce high-quality and easy-to-use cellular phones. Our Lion Phone was designed for consumers looking for portable and affordable cutting-edge technology. Our first-generation phones come equipped with full high definition resolution screen for better viewing. We believe this Full HD Naked Eye 3D smart Phone is perfect for watching movies, playing games, even editing photos or videos.

 

Whether that is looking at photos, playing music, emailing or surfing the web, our management believes consumers want more from their phones. We believe our Lion Phone raises the bar for cellular phones. For the first time ever, cellular users can enjoy quality 3D viewing with the naked eyes no glasses required enjoying full high definition video with smooth playback.

 

Our Management believes consumers have been waiting for a way to watch their favorite movies in 3D, with the convenience of their phone and gamers can have the leisure of playing their games without taking all head gear with them. Our Lion Universe Technology strives to give customers the best possible experience with our Full HD Naked Eye 3D smart phone in the US and Global markets.”

 

We intend to market this phone in 2018.

 

Mobile Device Viewer Market Expansion

 

In general, viewers are consuming more content via mobile TV distribution, while rapidly abandoning expensive subscriptions from standard satellite TV and cable networks. The rise of high-quality content on low-cost platforms, such as mobile devices, continues to negatively impact the standard TV industry. The media business is being forced to evolve and adjust to massive

52  
Table of Contents    

 

disruptions in content distribution methods. Traditional media models are functionally broken and will continue to be disrupted by technology, which is driven by the needs of the younger generation. The future of media is dependent on new technology platforms. These platform models (e.g. smart TV, connected TV boxes, mobile TV devices) are the future of content distribution. Google, through YouTube, has changed the face of video content distribution. Amazon continues to disrupt the book industry. Apple has redefined music and application distribution. And Microsoft is continuing to change the engagement model and distribution of content through its Xbox TV game console.

 

For the first time in history, in 3Q 2014, the average time spent (per day) on mobile devices exceeded the time spent watching television – 177 minutes versus 168 minutes (source: Flurry Analytics). Because of the meaningful decrease in costs associated with capturing (and processing) video, and due to significant expansions in bandwidth and increases in Wi-Fi, Internet/cloud TV disrupted the traditional television industry. In 2012--2013, cord--cutting, or the process of canceling a cable TV or satellite subscription and watching television over the Internet, began to accelerate. Today, mobile television is becoming even more disruptive as the average mobile user reaches for his or her mobile phone 150 times a day. By June 2017, more than 180 million mobile apps had already been downloaded. (source: Apple 2016.)

 

We believe mobile delivery has a growing appeal to advertisers and subscribers. Mobile advertising revenue is expected to grow to $40 billion this year (source research firm BIA/Kelsey). In July 2013, Americans viewed 19.6 billion video ads and reached 55.4% of the total U.S. population. Mobile video ad-spend was projected to exceed $6 billion by the end of 2017. 2017 will be a prime moment for mobile marketing to capture its share of resulting media allocations. Pre--roll ads (short commercials that proceed a video) are considered to be 2.5 times more effective than banner ads. And, for brand recall, video advertising has a 3.5 times higher recall pattern than banner advertising across all devices.

Content Mining Plan

Once our planned SaaS media applications, smart phones and tablets are launched into the domestic and international markets, content analytics or marketing data will be gathered from these devices. The data generated from these applications and devices will give us an advantage insight into our subscribers viewing and buying habits. Once data has been scrubbed of personally identifying information, we plan to be able to create original or lease content from broadcast partners to service what our analytics are telling us to produce (or license), with the intent on moving us closer towards predictive analytics. Predictive analytics is being able to predict what our customer likes based on their viewing habits and then produce that content targeted to our subscriber and then “push” that new (or licensed) content to them.

 

Our Viewme Live Technology Plan

 

We offer VML technology for which we plan to expand marketing. We believe SaaS Viewme Live (VML) could become a leading Digital Media Mobile TV technology platform in the business-to-business and business-to-consumer markets. Our proprietary software platform can reach a worldwide audience of approximately one billion mobile viewers. VML addresses global mobile distribution of LIVE and Video on Demand (“VOD”) content as a white label Software as a Service (“SaaS”).

 

VML OTT live streaming technology is similar to what you see with satellite TV such as Dish Network and DirecTV, as well as cable companies. Almost all currently existing live streaming cannot do live broadcast

streaming at this level and usually has anywhere from 1 minute to 10 minute delays or continuous buffering, never loading the video. With VML, there is the ability to have “worldwide” access for a live streaming event equal to standard television broadcasting with tens of millions of simultaneous users. We believe that VML is the first technology to be able to achieve this level of live streaming. In emerging countries that do not have fiber, cable and satellite TV, access to VML is simple and cost effective, as long as there is a cellular connection on a 3G network or higher (regardless of provider)[1]. VML aims to provide uninterrupted live streaming on mobile devices without buffering, crashes, pixilation, or audio and video syncing issues. One practical application of this technology is that a viewer can move from a Wi--Fi connection to a 3G connection without interruption. VML has a unique user interface with multi--channel access and built-in social media, and we believe it is unlike anything currently on the market. VML also has the capability to do a Live Linear Broadcast with VOD.VML’s technology has the potential to reduce web content pirating since high quality TV broadcast is now easily accessed worldwide on mobile devices.

 

Currently, we believe we are the only company that does all the above in the industry and we believe VML has the potential to expand our technologies and applications even further.

 

[1] Subject to the laws and regulations of each country.

53  
Table of Contents    

 

The hottest technology in the over the top (“OTT”) market and the biggest challenge in the OTT market is “Live Linear Channel Broadcasting” and “Live Event Broadcasting” to equal standard television broadcasting on cable and satellite TV. This type of technology is superior to video on demand (VOD) streaming technology in both acquisition and delivery. The growth of OTT video delivery has been significant. In the past year alone, OTT has grown to $35 billion in global revenue, with $17 billion coming from emerging markets source Digital TV Research. Viewme Live (“VML”) has many technology advantages including: Artificial Intelligence (“AI”); the ability to simultaneously access millions of users simultaneously with virtually no latency equivalent to standard television broadcasting; global distribution (without interruption) on cellular and Wi--Fi; and a fully interactive menu user interface and worldwide advertising brokers in place.

 

VML’s content delivery network (“CDN”) can potentially reach tens of millions of mobile devices (tablets and smartphones) and has the potential to scale to one billion video streams globally. It loads content within seconds, not only for Wi-Fi, but also more importantly, on cellular networks that are 3G and higher. VML’s core technology is fully developed and is able to support clients on a turnkey native mobile app in less than 60 days. We have already achieved major milestones as the world’s largest private conduit build out for global deployment of LIVE and VOD streaming content. Our OTT live streaming technology is unique and proprietary. Here are some highlights on how VML can help from telecommunication companies to TV station broadcasters to digital film libraries.

 

VML has the ability to create a “Master Network Mobile App” that can allow for a multiple channel build out, each with its own unique Pay Per View charge (optional). This means a company can have a live event channel per country with a different price per user based on the economics of that country. VML has unlimited channel build out (e.g. a company could have 50 channels or 1000 channels). Any telecommunications company can have professional looking displays and user interfaces for mobile with VML, similar to what the large telecommunications companies provide. A Master Network App also allows a network to expand into other categories by country (e.g. additional sports categories for various sports by country). Expansion can focus on audience aggregation for sports and other forms of entertainment categories. Pay-Per View is an option for these expanded categories as well. We have built-in worldwide ad brokers for pre---roll commercial ads so that revenue can be generated as soon as possible. There is also potential to upsell to existing advertisers and sponsors and it can be brand specific by country.

 

Our differentiation from webstreaming

 

We are not a website based video streaming technology. VML is strictly a native mobile app focused on video streaming technology for mobile platforms. We are not a dashboard based video content company where users upload content; we are a complete turnkey SaaS application. A survey released in May 2015, sponsored by Level 3 Communications, stated, “Offering both VOD and Live Linear channels will be critical for OTT providers to entice new prospects and gain market share. This trend is a critical one. For existing OTT providers, offering a VOD service may not be enough to maintain, much less grow, market share.” The trend towards adding live linear channel content has the potential to become “table stakes” in the OTT game over the next several years, with both breaking news and live sports content leading the way in terms of interest for OTT service providers adding live linear channels.

 

SaaS White Label

 

We plan to white label our suite of SaaS technologies for yearly licensing and monthly maintenance fees. The prospective user base for the SaaS White Label Suite is extensive as there are more than 200,000 TV broadcasters worldwide alone, and many of them are seeking to migrate to the vast mobile video streaming market space. The sizeable population of potential SaaS clients includes standard television broadcasters in every country, direct marketing companies, low-powered antenna broadcasters (such as universities and churches), IPTV broadcasters, and large content (film and TV) providers that are seeking to further monetize their properties for worldwide syndication.

 

The SaaS suite includes full app development on Apple iOS, Google Android and Roku connected boxes, user interface (menu system), advertising broker network for pre---roll commercial ads (from date of launch), 24/7 LIVE monitoring of inbound and outbound signals, data analytics, seamless updating to all platforms, Amazon web service (AWS) blade servers, and coverage up to the first 20 million streams. The white label product is offered to stand--alone.

User Interface

In a preprogrammed live linear broadcast application, viewers have free access via a p laylist b y cat e g o ry a n d have the ability to “catc h -- up w ith wh at t h ey m ay h ave m iss e d in t h e LI V E b r oad cast, regar d l e ss o f its o riginal air d ate. Th e vide o - on - d e m a n d ( VOD ) feature provides the opportunity to access a dd iti on al vi ewe rs a n d m on etiz e past content. After several years in development, we believe that VML has a significant first to market advantage and that no other companies currently have a comparable commercialized offering.

 

VML has also been developed and customized for the mobile streaming technology of Viki, a Korean Pop TV content provider. Ten months post--launch, Viki reached 50 million installed apps for mobile devices and attracted 22 million users in approximately 200 countries. This rapid scalability was one factor in Viki’s acquisition by Rakuten for $200 million.

 

54  
Table of Contents    

 

 

 

Our Plan for Strategic Partnering with Telecommunication & Media Companies

 

Currently in the world, viewers usually need to have a contract with a cable provider (e.g. AT&T, Cox, Xfinity, Spectrum, or Cablevision in the U.S.) or satellite TV provider (e.g. DirecTV and D ISH N et wo rk in the U.S.) a n d b e in ra n ge o f a r e si den tial o r bu si ne ss W i-Fi to b e a b le to w atch o v e r t h e t o p ( OT T) content on a connected TV device, website or mobile access. VML is capable of offering a nearly unlimited number of channels to mobile users virtually anywhere and everywhere, with global reach, far exceeding two U.S. satellite companies (DirecTV and DISH Network), which have 500+ channels each and are only available in the U.S.

 

We believe VML will immediately appeal to any channel that is currently on DirecTV and DISH Network for global mobile linear broadcast participation, simply because these platforms are only available in the U.S. market.

 

VML can p r o vi d e lo w -- powe r e d TV st a ti on s (after f oun d in c hu rc he s a n d un iv e rsiti e s), al on g w ith h igh-- powe r e d stations, the ability to reach the entire global market. Other potential users are owners of libraries of digitized content, and LIVE event venues such as music concerts, sporting events, festivals, beauty pageants, summer and winter Olympic Games, award shows, red carpet events, trade shows and conventions. Enthusiasts can produce their own show in any area and could launch their own channels for travel, food, spirits, sports, outdoor recreation, retro TV shows, children, cartoons, comedy, drama, reality, education, automobiles, health, corporations, shopping, soap opera, game shows, dating, religion, etc., providing extensive possibilities for media expansion. Content providers will not be limited by the major TV networks and film studios for distribution rights.

 

We have targeted Telecommunication and Media Company Opportunities to offer:

 

  · Turn key mobile app for telecommunication and media companies for immediate distribution of TV broadcasts on terrestrial, cable and satellite for free or as subscription.

  · Turn key mobile app for free or pay per view live events.

  · Turn key mobile app for digital libraries of content providers.

  · Reseller program with territorial rights.

  · Worldwide analytics on mobile TV content provided to help with target marketing for products and services.

  · Transitions to the automotive industry car play systems.

  · Option to p re---load M aster N et wo rk Ap p o n tel e c o mm un icati o n c o m p a ny’s m o bile de v ices s u ch as s m art phones and tablets.

  · P re-load t h e SaaS wh ite la b el clie n ts o n tel e c o mm un icati o n c o m p a n y m o bile d evices.

 

 

Geo Fencing Available (The ability to offer broadcast territories by region or regional Networks)

Our Plan to Act as a Reseller with Territorial Rights

  · Value Added Reseller (VAR) to telecommunication and media companies.

  · Exclusive rights for a country or region for reselling the white label opportunity.

  · Offer to Telecommunication and media companies OTT digital content as a channel or network.

  · Offer 1 to 1000 channels by territory.

  · Approach emerging markets as capital resources permit.

55  
Table of Contents    

 

 

 

 

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus immediately following this the summary.

 

Our Corporate Information

 

We are a Florida corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 501 W. Broadway, Suite 800, San Diego, CA 92101, and our telephone number is (619) 400-4996. Our website address is http://www.tptglobaltech.com. Information on or accessed through our website is not incorporated into this prospectus and is not a part of this prospectus.

 

Our Capital Budget for the next 12 months

 

Liquidity and Capital Resource Needs

                             
    SaaS   /----------Content------/   /---------Network--------/   Phone   General
Initial Proposed Uses of Funds:                            
    San Diego Media   Blue Collar   Viewme Live   Proposed Acquisition   Lion Phone 4K Units   General   2018/2019 Acq Totals
E st. Build-Out Costs-Complex   $ —                                               $ —    
 Studio  Equip                   $ 400,000                             $ 400,000  
Hardware Manufacturing                                   $ 500,000             $ 500,000  
Viewme Live Completion                   $ 2,000,000                             $ 2,000,000  
Initial Capx   $ —       $ —       $ 2,400,000     $ —       $ 500,000     $ —       $ 2,900,000  
 Down Payment Cash for Acquisitions                           $ 3,000,000     $ 400,000             $ 3,400,000  
Seller Note Retirement   $ 250,000     $ 1,600,000     $ 4,000,000                             $ 5,850,000  
Marketing  Budget                   $ 1,000,000               1,000,000       250,000     $ 2,250,000  
General Working Capital   $ 100,000                                     $ 2,000,000     $ 2,100,000  
Real Estate Acquisition                                                   $ —    
Total Project  Cost   $ 350,000     $ 1,600,000     $ 7,400,000     $ 3,000,000     $ 1,900,000     $ 2,250,000     $ 16,500,000  

 

56  
Table of Contents    

 

CYBER RISKS

 

Like other large telecommunications companies, we are a constant target of cyber-attacks of varying degrees, which has caused us to spend increasingly more time and money to deal with increasingly sophisticated attacks. Some of the attacks may result in security breaches, and we periodically notify our customers, our employees or the public of these breaches when necessary or appropriate. None of these resulting security breaches to date have materially adversely affected our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

We rely on several other communications companies to provide services or products for our offerings. We may lease a significant portion of our core fiber network from our competitors and other third parties. Many of these leases will lapse in future years. Our future ability to provide services on the terms of our current offerings will depend in part upon our ability to renew or replace these leases, agreements and arrangements on terms substantially similar to those currently in effect.

 

For additional information regarding our systems, network, cyber risks, capital expenditure requirements and reliance upon third parties, see "Risk Factors."

 

COMPETITION, COMPETITORS, REGULATION AND TAXATION

 

Competition

 

General

 

We compete in a rapidly evolving and highly competitive market, and we expect intense competition to continue. In addition to competition from larger national telecommunications providers, we are facing increasing competition from several other sources, including cable and satellite companies, wireless providers, technology companies, cloud companies, broadband providers, device providers, resellers, sales agents and facilities-based providers using their own networks as well as those leasing parts of our network. Technological advances and regulatory and legislative changes have increased opportunities for a wide range of alternative communications service providers, which in turn have increased competitive pressures on our business. These alternate providers often face fewer regulations and have lower cost structures than we do. In addition, the communications industry has, in recent years, experienced substantial consolidation, and some of our competitors in one or more lines of our business are generally larger, have stronger brand names, have more financial and business resources and have broader service offerings than we currently do.

 

Wireless telephone services are a significant source of competition with our legacy carrier services. It is increasingly common for customers to completely forego use of traditional wireline phone service and instead rely solely on wireless service for voice services. We anticipate this trend will continue, particularly as our older customers are replaced over time with younger customers who are less accustomed to using traditional wireline voice services. Technological and regulatory developments in wireless services, Wi-Fi, and other wired and wireless technologies have contributed to the development of alternatives to traditional landline voice services. Moreover, the growing prevalence of electronic mail, text messaging, social networking and similar digital non-voice communications services continues to reduce the demand for traditional landline voice services. These factors have led to a long-term systemic decline in the number of our wireline voice service customers.

 

The Telecommunications Act of 1996, which obligates carriers to permit competitors to interconnect their facilities to the carrier's network and to take various other steps that are designed to promote competition, imposes several duties on a carrier if it receives a specific request from another entity which seeks to connect with or provide services using the carrier's network. In addition, each carrier is obligated to (i) negotiate interconnection agreements in good faith, (ii) provide nondiscriminatory "unbundled" access to all aspects of the carrier's network, (iii) offer resale of its telecommunications services at wholesale rates and (iv) permit competitors, on terms and conditions (including rates) that are just, reasonable and nondiscriminatory, to colocate their physical plant on the carrier's property, or provide virtual colocation if physical colocation is not practicable. Current FCC rules require carriers to lease a network element only in those situations where competing carriers genuinely would be impaired without access to such network elements, and where the unbundling would not interfere with the development of facilities-based competition.

 

As a result of these regulatory, consumer and technological developments, carriers also face competition from competitive local exchange carriers, or CLECs, particularly in densely populated areas. CLECs provide competing services through reselling a carrier’s local services, through use of a carrier's unbundled network elements or through their own facilities.

 

Technological developments have led to the development of new products and services that have reduced the demand for our traditional services, as noted above, or that compete with traditional carrier services. Technological improvements have enabled cable television companies to provide traditional circuit-switched telephone service over their cable networks, and several national cable companies have aggressively marketed these services. Similarly, companies providing VoIP services

57  
Table of Contents    

 

provide voice communication services over the Internet which compete with our traditional telephone service and our own VoIP services. In addition, demand for our broadband services could be adversely affected by advanced wireless data transmission technologies being deployed by wireless providers and by certain technologies permitting cable companies and other competitors to deliver faster average broadband transmission speeds than ours.

 

Similar to us, many cable, technology or other communications companies that previously offered a limited range of services are now offering diversified bundles of services, either through their own networks, reselling arrangements or joint ventures. As such, a growing number of companies are competing to serve the communications needs of the same customer base. Such activities will continue to place downward pressure on the demand for and pricing of our services.

 

As customers increasingly demand high-speed connections for entertainment, communications and productivity, we expect the demands on our network will continue to increase over the next several years. To succeed, we must continue to invest in our networks or engage partners to ensure that they can deliver competitive services that meet these increasing bandwidth and speed requirements. In addition, network reliability and security are increasingly important competitive factors in our business.

 

Additional information about competitive pressures is located under the heading “Risk Factors.”

 

Competitors

 

In connection with providing strategic services to our business customers, which includes our small, medium and enterprise business, wholesale and governmental customers, we compete against other telecommunication providers, as well as other regional and national carriers, other data transport providers, cable companies, CLECs and other enterprises, some of whom are substantially larger than us. Competition is based on price, bandwidth, quality and speed of service, promotions and bundled offerings. In providing broadband services, we compete primarily with cable companies, wireless providers, technology companies and other broadband service providers. We face competition in Ethernet based services in the wholesale market from cable companies and fiber based providers.

 

Our competitors for providing integrated data, broadband, voice services and other data services to our business customers range from small to mid-sized businesses. Due to the size of some of these companies, our competitors may be able to offer more inexpensive solutions to our customers. To compete, we focus on providing sophisticated, secure and performance-driven services to our business customers through our infrastructure.

 

The number of companies providing business services has grown and increased competition for these services, particularly with respect to smaller business customers. Many of our competitors for strategic services are not subject to the same regulatory requirements as we are and therefore they are able to avoid significant regulatory costs and obligations.

 

Government Regulation

 

Overview

 

As discussed further below, our operations are subject to significant local, state, federal and foreign laws and regulations.

 

We are subject to the significant regulations by the FCC, which regulates interstate communications, and state utility commissions, which regulate intrastate communications. These agencies (i) issue rules to protect consumers and promote competition, (ii) set the rates that telecommunication companies charge each other for exchanging traffic, and (iii) have traditionally developed and administered support programs designed to subsidize the provision of services to high-cost rural areas. In most states, local voice service, switched and special access services and interconnection services are subject to price regulation, although the extent of regulation varies by type of service and geographic region. In addition, we are required to maintain licenses with the FCC and with state utility commissions. Laws and regulations in many states restrict the manner in which a licensed entity can interact with affiliates, transfer assets, issue debt and engage in other business activities. Many acquisitions and divestitures may require approval by the FCC and some state commissions. These agencies typically have the authority to withhold their approval, or to request or impose substantial conditions upon the transacting parties in connection with granting their approvals.

 

The following description discusses some of the major industry regulations that may affect our traditional operations, but numerous other regulations not discussed below could also impact us. Some legislation and regulations are currently the subject of judicial, legislative and administrative proceedings which could substantially change the manner in which the telecommunications industry operates and the amount of revenues we receive for our services. Neither the outcome of these proceedings, nor their potential impact on us, can be predicted at this time. For additional information, see "Risk Factors."

 

58  
Table of Contents    

 

The laws and regulations governing our affairs are quite complex and occasionally in conflict with each other. From time to time, we are fined for failing to meet applicable regulations or service requirements.

 

Federal Regulation

 

General

 

We are required to comply with the Communications Act of 1934. Among other things, this law requires our local exchange carriers to offer various of our legacy services at just and reasonable rates and on non-discriminatory terms. The Telecommunications Act of 1996 materially amended the Communications Act of 1934, primarily to promote competition.

 

The FCC regulates interstate services we provide, including the special access charges we bill for wholesale network transmission and the interstate access charges that we bill to long-distance companies and other communications companies in connection with the origination and termination of interstate phone calls. Additionally, the FCC regulates a number of aspects of our business related to privacy, homeland security and network infrastructure, including our access to and use of local telephone numbers and our provision of emergency 911 services. The FCC has responsibility for maintaining and administering support programs designed to expand nationwide access to communications services (which are described further below), as well as other programs supporting service to low-income households, schools and libraries, and rural health care providers. Changes in the composition of the five members of the FCC or its Chairman can have significant impacts on the regulation of our business.

 

In recent years, our operations and those of other telecommunications carriers have been further impacted by legislation and regulation imposing additional obligations on us, particularly with regards to providing voice and broadband service, bolstering homeland security, increasing disaster recovery requirements, minimizing environmental impacts and enhancing privacy. These laws include the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, and laws governing local telephone number portability and customer proprietary network information requirements. In addition, the FCC has heightened its focus on the reliability of emergency 911 services. The FCC has imposed fines on us and other companies for 911 outages and has adopted new compliance requirements for providing 911 service. We are incurring capital and operating expenses designed to comply with the FCC's new requirements and minimize future outages. All of these laws and regulations may cause us to incur additional costs and could impact our ability to compete effectively against companies not subject to the same regulations.

 

Over the past several years, the FCC has taken various actions and initiated certain proceedings designed to comprehensively evaluate the proper regulation of the provisions of data services to businesses. As part of its evaluation, the FCC has reviewed the rates, terms and conditions under which these services are provided. The FCC's proceedings remain pending, and their ultimate impact on us is currently unknown.

 

Telephony Services

 

We operate traditional telecommunications services in our Arizona subsidiary, and those services are largely governed under rules established for CLECs under the Communications Act. The Communications Act entitles our CLEC subsidiary to certain rights, but as telecommunications carriers, it also subjects them to regulation by the FCC and the states. Their designation as telecommunications carriers also results in other regulations that may affect them and the services they offer.

 

Interconnection and Intercarrier Compensation 

 

The Communications Act requires telecommunications carriers to interconnect directly or indirectly with other telecommunications carriers. Under the FCC's intercarrier compensation rules, we are entitled, in some cases, to compensation from carriers when they use our network to terminate or originate calls and in other cases are required to compensate another carrier for using its network to originate or terminate traffic. The FCC and state regulatory commissions, including those in the states in which we operate, have adopted limits on the amounts of compensation that may be charged for certain types of traffic. As noted above, the FCC has determined that intercarrier compensation for all terminating traffic will be phased down over several years to a "bill-and-keep" regime, with no compensation between carriers for most terminating traffic by 2018 and is considering further reform that could reduce or eliminate compensation for originating traffic as well.

 

59  
Table of Contents    

 

Universal Service

 

Our CLEC subsidiary is required to contribute to the USF. The amount of universal service contribution required of us is based on a percentage of revenues earned from interstate and international services provided to end users. We allocate our end user revenues and remit payments to the universal service fund in accordance with FCC rules. The FCC has ruled that states may impose state universal service fees on CLEC telecommunications services

 

State Regulation

 

Our CLEC subsidiary telecommunications services are subject to regulation by state commissions in each state where we provide services. In order to provide our services, we must seek approval from the state regulatory commission or be registered to provide services in each state where we operate and may at times require local approval to construct facilities. Regulatory obligations vary from state to state and include some or all of the following requirements: filing tariffs (rates, terms and conditions); filing operational, financial, and customer service reports; seeking approval to transfer the assets or capital stock of the broadband communications company; seeking approval to issue stocks, bonds and other forms of indebtedness of the broadband communications company; reporting customer service and quality of service requirements; outage reporting; making contributions to state universal service support programs; paying regulatory and state Telecommunications Relay Service and E911 fees; geographic build-out; and other matters relating to competition.

 

Other Regulations 

 

Our CLEC subsidiary telecommunications services are subject to other FCC requirements, including protecting the use and disclosure of customer proprietary network information; meeting certain notice requirements in the event of service termination; compliance with disabilities access requirements; compliance with CALEA standards; outage reporting; and the payment of fees to fund local number portability administration and the North American Numbering Plan. As noted above, the FCC and states are examining whether new requirements are necessary to improve the resiliency of communications networks. Communications with our customers are also subject to FCC, FTC and state regulations on telemarketing and the sending of unsolicited commercial e-mail and fax messages, as well as additional privacy and data security requirements.

 

Broadband

 

        Regulatory Classification.     Broadband Internet access services were traditionally classified by the FCC as "information services" for regulatory purposes, a type of service that is subject to a lesser degree of regulation than "telecommunications services." In 2015, the FCC reversed this determination and classified broadband Internet access services as "telecommunications services." This reclassification has subjected our broadband Internet access service to greater regulation, although the FCC did not apply all telecommunications service obligations to broadband Internet access service. The 2015 Order could have a material adverse impact on our business as it may justify additional FCC regulation or support efforts by States to justify additional regulation of broadband Internet access services. In December 2017, the FCC adopted an order that in large part reverses the 2015 Order and reestablishes the "information service" classification for broadband Internet access service. The 2017 Order has not yet gone into effect, however, and the 2015 Order will remain binding until the 2017 Order takes effect. The 2017 Order is expected to be subject to legal challenge that may delay its effect or overturn it.

 

Net Neutrality, and Current Status . The 2015 Order also established a new "Open Internet" framework that expanded disclosure requirements on Internet service providers ("ISPs") such as cable companies, prohibited blocking, throttling, and paid prioritization of Internet traffic on the basis of the content, and imposed a "general conduct standard" that prohibits unreasonable interference with the ability of end users and edge providers to reach each other. The FCC's 2017 Order eliminates these rules except for certain disclosure requirements( see the official release summary from the FCC below). Additionally, Congress and some states are considering legislation that may codify "network neutrality" rules.

 

The Federal Communications Commission has made the following official release about the Restoring Internet Freedom Order:

 

"The FCC's Restoring Internet Freedom Order, which took effect on June 11, (2018) provides a framework for protecting an open Internet while paving the way for better, faster and cheaper Internet access for consumers. It replaces unnecessary, heavy-handed regulations that were developed way back in 1934 with strong consumer protections, increased transparency, and common-sense rules that will promote investment and broadband deployment. The FCC's framework for protecting Internet freedom has three key parts:

 

1. Consumer Protection 

The Federal Trade Commission will police and take action against Internet service providers for anticompetitive acts or unfair and deceptive practices. The FTC is the nation's premier consumer protection agency, and until the FCC stripped it of jurisdiction over Internet service providers in 2015, the FTC protected consumers consistently across the Internet economy.

 

2. Transparency  

A critical part of Internet openness involves Internet service providers being transparent about their business practices. That's why the FCC has imposed enhanced transparency requirements. Internet service providers must  

60  
 

 

publicly disclose information regarding their network management practices, performance, and commercial terms of service. These disclosures must be made via a publicly available, easily accessible company website or through the FCC's website. This will discourage harmful practices and help regulators target any problematic conduct. These disclosures also support innovation, investment, and competition by ensuring that entrepreneurs and other small businesses have the technical information necessary to create and maintain online content, applications, services, and devices.

 

Internet Service Providers must clearly disclose their network management practices on their own web sites or with the FCC. For more information about these disclosures, you can visit https://www.fcc.gov/isp- disclosures.

 

Removes Unnecessary Regulations to Promote Broadband Investment 

The Internet wasn't broken in 2015, when the previous FCC imposed 1930s-era regulations (known as "Title II") on Internet service providers. And ironically, these regulations made things worse by limiting investment in high-speed networks and slowing broadband deployment. Under Title II, broadband network investment dropped more than 5.6% -- the first time a decline has happened outside of a recession. The effect was particularly serious for smaller Internet service providers (fixed wireless companies, small-town cable operators, municipal broadband providers, electric cooperatives, and others) that don't have the resources or lawyers to navigate a thicket of complex rules...."

 

The items listed in this internet Order are for carriers such as Century Link, which is our contract internet provider, and we are in compliance with the areas that we are responsible for which are few. We generate the last mile of internet service but we are actually a reseller of Century Link services as they provide the bandwidth to us .

 

        Access for Persons with Disabilities.     The FCC's rules require us to ensure that persons with disabilities have access to "advanced communications services" ("ACS"), such as electronic messaging and interoperable video conferencing. They also require that certain pay television programming delivered via Internet Protocol include closed captioning and require entities distributing such programming to end users to pass through such captions and identify programming that should be captioned.

 

        Other Regulation.     The 2015 Order also subjected broadband providers' Internet traffic exchange rates and practices to potential FCC oversight and created a mechanism for third parties to file complaints regarding these matters. In addition, our provision of Internet services also subjects us to the limitations on use and disclosure of user communications and records contained in the Electronic Communications Privacy Act of 1986. Broadband Internet access service is also subject to other federal and state privacy laws applicable to electronic communications.

 

        Additionally, providers of broadband Internet access services must comply with CALEA, which requires providers to make their services and facilities accessible for law enforcement intercept requests. Various other federal and state laws apply to providers of services that are accessible through broadband Internet access service, including copyright laws, telemarketing laws, prohibitions on obscenity, and a ban on unsolicited commercial e-mail, and privacy and data security laws. Online content we provide is also subject to some of these laws.

 

        Other forms of regulation of broadband Internet access service currently being considered by the FCC, Congress or state legislatures include consumer protection requirements, cyber security requirements, consumer service standards, requirements to contribute to universal service programs and requirements to protect personally identifiable customer data from theft. Pending and future legislation in this area could adversely affect our operations as an Internet service provider and our relationship with our Internet customers.

 

        Additionally, from time to time the FCC and Congress have considered whether to subject broadband Internet access services to the federal Universal Service Fund ("USF") contribution requirements. Any contribution requirements adopted for Internet access services would impose significant new costs on our broadband Internet service. At the same time, the FCC is changing the manner in which Universal Service funds are distributed. By focusing on broadband and wireless deployment, rather than traditional telephone service, the changes could assist some of our competitors in more effectively competing with our service offerings.

 

VoIP Services

 

        We provide telephony services using VoIP technology ("interconnected VoIP"). The FCC has adopted several regulations for interconnected VoIP services, as have several states, especially as it relates to core customer and safety issues such as e911, local number portability, disability access, outage reporting, universal service contributions, and regulatory reporting requirements. The FCC has not, however, formally classified interconnected VoIP services as either information services or telecommunications services. In this vacuum, some states have asserted more expansive rights to regulate interconnected VoIP services, while others have adopted laws that bar the state commission from regulating VoIP service.

 

        Universal Service.     Interconnected VoIP services must contribute to the USF used to subsidize communication services provided to low income households, to customers in rural and high cost areas, and to schools, libraries, and rural health care providers. The amount of universal service contribution required of interconnected VoIP service providers is based on a percentage of revenues earned from interstate and international services provided to end users. We allocate our end user revenues and remit payments to the universal service fund in accordance with FCC rules. The FCC has ruled that states may impose state universal service fees on interconnected VoIP providers.

  

 

61  
Table of Contents    

      Local Number Portability.     The FCC requires interconnected VoIP service providers and their "numbering partners" to ensure that their customers have the ability to port their telephone numbers when changing providers. We also contribute to federal funds to meet the shared costs of local number portability and the costs of North American Numbering Plan Administration.

 

        Intercarrier Compensation.     In an October 2011 reform order and subsequent clarifying orders, the FCC revised the regime governing payments among providers of telephony services for the exchange of calls between and among different networks ("intercarrier compensation") to, among other things, explicitly include interconnected VoIP. In that Order, the FCC determined that intercarrier compensation for all terminating traffic, including VoIP traffic exchanged in TDM format, will be phased down over several years to a "bill-and-keep" regime, with no compensation between carriers for most terminating traffic by 2018. The FCC is considering further reform in this area, which could reduce or eliminate compensation for originating traffic as well.

 

        Other Regulation.     Interconnected VoIP service providers are required to provide enhanced 911 emergency services to their customers; protect customer proprietary network information from unauthorized disclosure to third parties; report to the FCC on service outages; comply with telemarketing regulations and other privacy and data security requirements; comply with disabilities access requirements and service discontinuance obligations; comply with call signaling requirements; and comply with CALEA standards. In August 2015, the FCC adopted new rules to improve the resiliency of the communications network. Under the new rules, providers of telephony services, including interconnected VoIP service providers, must make available eight hours of standby backup power for consumers to purchase at the point of sale. The rules also require that providers inform new and current customers about service limitations during power outages and steps that consumers can take to address those risks.

 

 For additional information about these matters, see “Risk Factors.”

 

LICENSES

 

Arizona CLEC license in Phoenix area. License #20090393 which expires 2023 and is renewable every seven years.

 

TITLE TO PROPERTIES

 

None.

 

BACKLOG OF ORDERS

 

We currently have no backlogs of orders for sales, at this time.

 

GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS

 

We have no government contracts.

 

COMPANY SPONSORED RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

 

We are not conducting any research.

 

NUMBER OF PERSONS EMPLOYED

 

We have 37 employees who work approximately 45 hours per week. All officers and directors work approximately 60 hours per week as directors.

  

b. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

 

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTIES/ASSETS

 

(a) Real Estate. None.
(b) Title to properties. None.
(c) Patents, Trade Names, Trademarks and Copyrights See below.

  

Our executive offices are located in San Diego, California. We do not own any real property, but lease and office space consisting of approximately 27,000 sq. ft. among all of our corporate and subsidiary locations. We believe that substantially all of our property and equipment is in good condition, subject to normal wear and tear, and that our facilities have sufficient capacity to meet the current needs of our business.

 

PATENTS, TRADE NAMES, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

 

Either directly or through our subsidiaries, we have rights in various patents, trade names, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property necessary to conduct our business. Our services often use the intellectual property of others, including licensed software. We also occasionally license our intellectual property to others as we deem appropriate. Please see Patent Assignment attached as Exhibit 99.2 to this Registration Statement. 

 

62  
Table of Contents    

 

We periodically receive offers from third parties to purchase or obtain licenses for patents and other intellectual property rights in exchange for royalties or other payments. We also periodically receive notices, or are named in lawsuits, alleging that our products or services infringe on patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties. In certain instances, these matters can potentially adversely impact our operations, operating results or financial position. For additional information, see “Risk Factors”.

c. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

We may be subject to various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business from time to time. We believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters, whether individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

At this time, the Company has been named in a lawsuit, Robert Serrett vs. TruCom, Inc., by a former employee who was terminated by management in 2016. The employee was working under an employment agreement but was terminated for breach of the agreement. The former employee is suing for breach of contract and is seeking around $75,000 in back pay and benefits. Management believes it has good and meritorious defenses and does not belief the outcome of the lawsuit will have any material effect on the financial position of the Company.

 

At the end of December 2017, the Company learned that the new equipment lease identified in Note 7 for $101,348 was included in a default judgement in a non-jurisdictional state of Pennsylvania for $169,474 from a lawsuit by the lessor. Management is working with the lessor to settle this matter including a proposal for the equipment to be returned to the lessor and then a negotiated amount for any deficiency between the value given for the retired equipment and the $101,348. When concluded, management does not believe the results will be significantly different than the liability of $101,348 and $20,515 in accrued interest recorded on the balance sheet as of June 30, 2018.

 

As of the date of this filing, the Company has collected $338,725 from one customer in excess of amounts due from that customer in accordance with the customer’s understanding of the appropriate billings activity. The customer has filed a written demand for repayment by the Company of these amounts. Management believes that the customer agreement allows them to keep the amounts under dispute. Given the dispute, the Company has reflected the amounts in dispute as a customer liability on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and June 30, 2018 and does not believe the outcome of the dispute will have a material effect on the financial position of the Company. 

In December 2016, a subsidiary’s landlord agreed to terminate a facilities lease for 150,000 restricted shares of Common Stock valued at $43,350 from a capital contribution of an officer of the Company. Subsequent to the agreement, the landlord requested more shares against the Company’s agreement. As such, $40,404 remains in liabilities payable to the landlord and the $43,350 was expensed as rent previously. The matter is still unresolved. Management does not believe any negative resolution will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

d. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Market Information

 

Currently there is a limited public trading market for our stock as quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol TPTW.

 

Rules Governing Low-price Stocks That May Affect Our Shareholders' Ability to Resell Shares of Our Common Stock

 

Our stock currently is traded on the OTCQB under the symbol TPTW.

 

Quotations on the OTCQB reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, markdown or commission and may not reflect actual transactions. Our common stock will be subject to certain rules adopted by the SEC that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in “penny stocks.” Penny stocks generally are securities with a price of less than $5.00, other than securities registered on certain national exchanges or quoted on the NASDAQ system, provided that the exchange or system provides current price and volume information with respect to transaction in such securities. The additional sales practice and disclosure requirements imposed upon broker-dealers are and may discourage broker-dealers from effecting transactions in our shares which could severely limit the market liquidity of the shares and impede the sale of shares in the secondary market.

 

The penny stock rules require broker-dealers, prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from the rules, to make a special suitability determination for the purchaser to receive the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to sale, to deliver standardized risk disclosure documents prepared by the SEC that provides information about penny stocks and the nature and level of risks in the penny stock market. The broker-dealer must also provide the customer with current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock. In addition, the penny stock regulations require the broker-dealer to deliver, prior to

63  
Table of Contents    

 

any transaction involving a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prepared by the SEC relating to the penny stock market, unless the broker-dealer or the transaction is otherwise exempt. A broker-dealer is also required to disclose commissions payable to the broker-dealer and the registered representative and current quotations for the securities. Finally, a broker-dealer is required to send monthly statements disclosing recent price information with respect to the penny stock held in a customer's account and information with respect to the limited market in penny stocks.

 

Holders

 

As of the filing of this prospectus, we have 434 shareholders of record of our common stock. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Under Rule 144, a person who has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least 6 months, is entitled to sell shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, our shareholders hold 136,953,904 shares, 38,208,210 of which may be sold pursuant to this Registration Statement.

 

Dividends

 

As of the filing of this prospectus, we have not paid any dividends to shareholders. There are no restrictions which would limit our ability to pay dividends on common equity or that are likely to do so in the future. The Florida Revised Statutes, however, do prohibit us from declaring dividends where, after giving effect to the distribution of the dividend; we would not be able to pay our debts as they become due in the usual course of business; or our total assets would be less than the sum of the total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed to satisfy the rights of shareholders who have preferential rights superior to those receiving the distribution.

 

e. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following is a complete list of the financial statements filed as a part of this Report.

Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2017 and 2016
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
Consolidated Balance F-3-F-4
Consolidated Statement of Operations F-5
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) F-6-F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows F-8-F-9
Notes to the Financial Statements F-10-F-27

 

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of June 30, 2018

(Unaudited)

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets F-30-F-31
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations F-32
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows F-33
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements F-34-F-44

 

 

 

 

64  
Table of Contents    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As of

 

December 31, 2017 and 2016

 
 

 

 

 

65  
Table of Contents    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As of

 

December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

 

  Table of Contents

 

 

   

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-3–F-4

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

F-5

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

F-6-F-7

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-8-F-9

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-10-F-27

   

 

 

 

 

 

F- 1  
Table of Contents    

  

 

  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of TPT Global Tech, Inc.:

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TPT Global Tech, Inc. (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2017 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Explanatory Paragraph Regarding Going Concern

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 3 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has an accumulated deficit, which raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 3. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Sadler, Gibb & Associates, LLC

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

 

Salt Lake City, UT

July 3, 2018

 
F- 2  
Table of Contents    

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

Assets

     
    As of December 31,
    2017                            2016
CURRENT ASSETS                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 36,380     $ 93,286  
Accounts receivable, net     25,385       84,856  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     14,059       190,248  
Total current assets   $ 75,824     $ 368,390  
NON-CURRENT ASSETS                
        Property and equipment, net   $ 2,814,067     $ 2,989,559  
        Customer base, net     29,998       1,212,041  
        Developed technology, net     5,724,935       1,382,217  
        Goodwill     70,995       70,995  
        Deposits and other assets     57,469       58,020  
Total non-current assets   $ 8,697,464     $ 5,712,832  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 8,773,288     $ 6,081,222  

 

Liabilities and Stockholders' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Current liabilities        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 2,401,028     $ 1,414,601  
       Accrued interest on debt     182,452       67,791  
       Debt – third party     195,106       198,966  
       Debt – related party     7,619,590       2,981,990  
       Customer liability     338,725       249,350  
Capital leases     101,347       104,261  
Capital leases – related party     449,103       449,103  
Accrued interest related to capital leases     135,217       93,244  
Vehicle leases     5,195       8,250  
Deferred revenue     10,925       42,120  
       Total current liabilities   $ 11,438,688     $ 5,609,676  
                 
                 
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES                
Long term portion:                
              Debt – third party   $ 2,819     $ 2,819  
              Debt – related party, convertible     250,000       250,000  
      Vehicle leases     —         4,269  
       Total non-current liabilities     252,819       257,088  
 Total liabilities   $ 11,691,507     $ 5,866,764  
                 
Commitments and contingencies – See Note 8     —         —    

 

 

F- 3  
Table of Contents    

 

 

     Stockholders' eQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
Preferred stock, $.001 par value 100,000,000 shares authorized:
               
                 
Convertible Preferred Series A - 1,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016   $ 1,000     $ 1,000  
Convertible Preferred Series B - 2,588,693 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016     2,589       2,589  
Convertible Preferred Series C – 3,000,000 shares designated, zero shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016     —         —    
Common stock, $.001 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 136,953,904 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016     136,954       136,954  
Subscriptions payable (receivable)     (4,765 )     7,500  
Additional paid-in capital     10,371,442       9,684,453  
Accumulated deficit     (13,425,439 )     (9,618,038 )
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)     (2,918,219 )     214,458  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders' Equity (DEFICIT)   $ 8,773,288     $ 6,081,222  

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 4  
Table of Contents    

 

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

 

     
    For the years ended December 31,
    2017                                       2016
         
Revenues:                
   Products   $ 490,241     $ 410,836  
   Services     1,624,919       2,355,894  
Total Revenues   $ 2,115,160     $ 2,766,730  
                 
COST OF SALES:                
   Products   $ 479,034     $ 419,478  
   Services     1,685,235       1,407,297  
Total Costs of Sales   $ 2,164,269     $ 1,826,775  
Gross profit (loss)   $ (49,109 )   $ 939,955  
 EXPENSES:                
Sales and marketing   $ 212,468     $ 153,004  
Professional     592,456       2,906,928  
Payroll and related     467,599       447,457  
General and administrative     700,578       938,100  
Depreciation     175,492       162,988  
Amortization     963,843       688,518  
                Total expenses   $ 3,112,436     $ 5,296,995  
                 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)                
Gain on settlement of accounts payable   $ —       $ 29,235  
Impairment of intangible long lived assets     (471,083 )     —    
Interest expense     (174,773 )     (135,394 )
                 Total other income (expenses)   $ (645,856 )   $ (106,159 )
                 
Net loss before income taxes     (3,807,401 )     (4,463,199 )
Income taxes     —         —    
                 
NET LOSS   $ (3,807,401 )   $ (4,463,199 )
                 
 Earnings (loss) per common share: Basic and diluted   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.03 )
                 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                
Basic and diluted     136,953,904       136,953,904  
                 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

F- 5  
Table of Contents    

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Consolidated Statements OF Stockholders' Equity (EQUITY)

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

    Series A Preferred Stock   Series B Preferred Stock   Common Stock   Subscriptions  

Additional

Paid-in

  Accumulated    
    Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Payable   Capital   Deficit   Total
Balance as of December 31, 2015     1,000,000     $ 1,000       2,588,693     $ 2,589       136,953,904     $ 136,954     $ 7,500     $ 5,833,243     $ (5,154,839 )   $ 826,447  
                                                                                 
Common stock contributed by officer for acquisition of intangibles assets     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         600,390       —         600,390  
Common stock contributed by officer for acquisition of business     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         438,760       —         438,760  
Common stock contributed by officer for compensation and expenses     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         2,706,575       —         2,706,575  
Common stock contributed by officer for settlement of accounts payable     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         105,485       —         105,485  
Net loss     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —       $ (4,463,199 )   $ (4,463,199 )
Balance as of December 31, 2016     1,000,000     $ 1,000       2,588,693     $ 2,589       136,953,904     $ 136,954     $ 7,500     $ 9,684,453     $ (9,618,038 )   $ 214,458  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

 

F- 6  
Table of Contents    

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Consolidated Statements OF Stockholders' Equity (DEFICIT)- Continued

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

 

    Series A Preferred Stock Series B Preferred Stock Common Stock Subscriptions

Additional

Paid-in

Accumulated  
    Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount Payable Capital       Deficit Total

 

Balance as of
December 31, 2016
    1,000,000     $ 1,000       2,588,693     $ 2,589       136,953,904     $ 136,954     $ 7,500     $ 9,684,453     $ (9,618,038 )   $ 214,458  
                                                                                 
Common stock contributed by officer for subscriptions payable     —         —         —         —         —         —         (7,500 )     7,500       —         —    
Cash received for common stock to be contributed by officer     —         —         —         —         —         —         5,000       65,000       —         70,000  
Issuance of Stock Options     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         9,124       —         9,124  
                                                                                 
Common stock Receivable for cancelled acquisitions     —         —         —         —         —         —         (3,265 )     3,265       —         —    
                                                                                 
Common stock contributed by officer for pending acquisition     —         —         —         —         —         —         (6,500 )     6,500       —         —    
                                                                                 
Common stock contributed by officer for acquisition of Viewme Live assets     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         595,600       —         595,600  
                                                                                 
Net Loss     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —       $ (3,807,401 )   $ (3,807,401 )
                                                                                 
Balance as of
December 31, 2017
    1,000,000     $ 1,000       2,588,693     $ 2,589       136,953,904     $ 136,954     $ (4,765 )   $ 10,371,442     $ (13,425,439 )   $ (2,918,219 )

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F- 7  
Table of Contents    

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

    For the years ended December 31,
    2017   2016
 Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net loss   $ (3,807,401 )     (4,463,199 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
 Depreciation     175,492       162,988  
           Amortization     963,843       688,518  
 Bad debt expense     38,022       —    
 Issuance of stock options     9,124       —    
 Gain on settlement of accounts payable     —         (29,235 )
Impairment of intangible long lived assets     471,083       —    
           Share based compensation     —         2,541,881  
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
           Decrease in accounts receivable     21,449       34,932  
           Decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets     182,332       3,246  
           Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses     1,137,470       416,607  
           Increase in customer liability     89,375       249,350  
           Increase in deferred revenue     (31,197 )     42,120  
              Net cash used in operating activities   $ (750,408 )     (352,792 )
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
           Cash paid in acquisition   $ —         (22,500 )
           Cash received with acquisitions     —         36,425  
           Purchase of property and equipment     —         (3,337 )
Net cash provided by investing activities   $ —         10,588  
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
           Proceeds from issuance of stock     70,000       —    
           Proceeds from debt     745,235       287,010  
           Payments for debt and leases     (121,733 )     (7,206 )
           Payments for property and equipment and vehicle leases     —         (9,924 )
Net cash provided by financing activities   $ 693,502       269,880  
                 
Net decrease in cash   $ (56,906 )     (72,324 )
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period   $ 93,286       165,610  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period   $ 36,380       93,286  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

 

 

F- 8  
Table of Contents    

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows - Continued

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information 

 

    2017   2016
Cash used for:                
Interest expense     —       $ 69,307  
Taxes     —         —    
                 

 

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activity:

 

    2017   2016
Note payable and common stock contributed by officer for acquisition of Viewme Live   $ 4,595,600          
Common stock to be contributed by officer for subscriptions payable   $ 7,500          
Common stock contributed by officer for pending acquisition   $ 6,500          
Common stock receivable for cancelled acquisition   $ 3,265          
Equipment acquired through capital leases   $ —         110,044  
Common stock contributed by officer for settlement of accounts payable   $ —         105,485  
Common stock contributed by officer for services   $ —         385,000  
Common stock contributed by officer and liabilities assumed in acquisition of Lion Phone   $ —         910,000  
Common stock contributed by officer for net assets of Goodwin Global   $ —         40,400  
Common stock contributed by officer and liabilities assumed in acquisition of SDM   $ —         852,009  

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

F- 9  
Table of Contents    

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

NOTE 1 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

 

The Company was originally incorporated in 1988 in the state of Florida. TPT Global, Inc., a Nevada corporation formed in June 2014, merged with Ally Pharma US, Inc., a Florida corporation, (“Ally Pharma”, formerly known as Gold Royalty Corporation) in a “reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma issued 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the owners of TPT Global, Inc. in exchange for all outstanding common stock of TPT global Inc. and Ally Pharma agreed to change its name to TPT Global Tech, Inc. (jointly referred to as “the Company” or “TPTG”).

 

The following acquisitions have resulted in entities or assets which have been consolidated into TPTG. In 2014 the Company acquired all the assets of K Telecom and Wireless LLC (“K Telecom”) and Global Telecom International LLC (“Global Telecom”). Effective January 31, 2015, TPTG completed its acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc. (“Copperhead Digital”) and Subsidiaries, TruCom, LLC (“TruCom”), Nevada Utilities, Inc. (“Nevada Utilities”) and CityNet Arizona, LLC (“CityNet”). In October 2015, the Company acquired the assets of Port2Port Inc. (“Port2Port”) and Digithrive Inc. (“Digithrive”). Effective September 30, 2016, the company acquired 100% ownership in San Diego Media Inc. (“SDM”).

 

We generate revenues primarily through operating as a Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (“CLEC”) in Arizona, as a distributor of cell phones and telecommunications equipment and as provider of ecommerce and cloud solutions in the western United States.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

Our accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of K Telecom and Global Telecom, Copperhead Digital, Port2Port, Digithrive and SDM. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition

We primarily recognize revenue when the following four basic criteria have been met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the fee is fixed or determinable and (4) collection is reasonably assured.

Revenue generated from product sales, cell phones and telecommunications equipment, is recognized as revenue upon transfer of the title and risk of loss of the products to third-party customers, less a reserve for estimated product returns and other incentive arrangements including rebates.

Revenue generated from sales of telecommunications services are recognized as the transaction with the customer is considered closed and begins receiving and accepts the services that were the result of the transaction.

 

For products that include installation, if the installation meets the criteria to be considered a separate element, product revenue is recognized upon delivery, and installation revenue is recognized when the installation is complete. For sales that include customer-specified acceptance criteria, revenue is recognized after the acceptance criteria have been met. Certain of our products require specialized installation. Revenue for these products is deferred until installation is completed. Revenue from services is deferred and recognized over the contractual period, or as services are rendered and accepted by the customer. Some of our sales transactions qualify as multiple-element arrangements which require us to identify separate units of accounting within the arrangement and allocate the transaction consideration across these separate accounting units. For arrangements that include non-software elements, the transaction’s consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on its relative selling price. When applying the relative selling price method, the selling price of each deliverable is determined based upon the following hierarchy of evidence: vendor-specific objective evidence, which is generally based upon historical prices in stand-alone transactions; third-party evidence, which is generally based on market data on sales of similar products and services, if available; and management’s best

F- 10  
Table of Contents    

 

estimate of selling price. Management’s best estimate of selling price is generally based upon the following considerations: stand-alone sales prices, established price lists, costs to produce and profit margins for similar products.

For cloud based solutions, we use the relative fair value method to allocate transaction consideration to each unit of accounting, whereby the evidence used in the determination of fair value estimates are based solely on vendor specific objective evidence. To the extent that vendor specific objective evidence does not exist for delivered elements of the transaction, we apply the residual method.

 

Share-based Compensation

 

The Company is required to measure and recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards (including stock options) made to employees and directors based on estimated fair value. Compensation expense for equity-classified awards is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as an expense in earnings over the requisite service period.

 

The Company records compensation expense related to non-employees that are awarded stock in conjunction with selling goods or services and recognizes compensation expenses over the vesting period of such awards.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in our income tax provision in the period of enactment.

We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations, including taxable income in carryback periods. If we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce our income tax provision.

We account for uncertain tax positions using a “more-likely-than-not” recognition threshold. We evaluate uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis and consider various factors, including, but not limited to, changes in tax law, the measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in tax returns, the effective settlement of matters subject to audit, new audit activity and changes in facts or circumstances related to a tax position.

It is our policy to record costs associated with interest and penalties related to tax in the selling, general and administrative line of the consolidated statements of operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The company considers all investments with a maturity date of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. There are no cash equivalents as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Accounts Receivable

We establish an allowance for potential uncollectible accounts receivable. All accounts receivable 60 days past due are considered uncollectible unless there are circumstances that support collectability. Those circumstances are documented. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable was $38,022 and zero, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost or fair value if acquired as part of a business combination. Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method and is charged to operations over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. The carrying amount of accumulated depreciation of assets sold or retired are removed from the accounts in the year of disposal and any resulting gain or loss in s included in

F- 11  
Table of Contents    

 

results of operations. The estimated useful lives of property and equipment are telecommunications network - 20 years, telecommunications equipment - 7 to 10 years and computers and office equipment - 3 years.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill relates to amounts that arose in connection with our various business combinations and represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible net assets when accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to periodic review for impairment.

We test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives at the reporting unit level for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests, if events and circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Events that would indicate potential impairment and trigger an interim impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, current economic and market conditions, including a decline in market capitalization, a significant adverse change in legal factors, business climate or operational performance of the business and an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.

In performing the annual goodwill impairment test, we utilize the two-step approach. The first step, or Step 1, requires a comparison of the carrying value of each reporting unit to its estimated fair value. To estimate the fair value of our reporting units for Step 1, we use a combination of the income approach, the market comparable approach and the market transaction approach. The income approach is based on a discounted cash flow analysis, or DCF approach, and calculates the fair value by estimating the after-tax cash flows attributable to a reporting unit and then discounting the after-tax cash flows to a present value, using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Assumptions used in the DCF approach require the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates and terminal values, growth rates and the amount and timing of expected future cash flows. The forecasted cash flows are based on our most recent operating activities and assumed growth rates. We believe our assumptions are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage the underlying businesses. The discount rates, which are intended to reflect the risks inherent in future cash flow projections, used in the DCF approach are based on estimates of the weighted-average cost of capital, or WACC, of market participants relative to each respective reporting unit. The market approaches consider comparable and transactional market data based on multiples of revenue or earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, based on trading multiples of selected guidelines companies and deal multiples of selected target companies.

If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, we are required to perform the second step, or Step 2, of the annual goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the reporting unit and the estimated fair value of its assets and liabilities. To the extent this amount is below the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded to write down the carrying value to its implied value. Based on our impairment testing, we do not consider an impairment charge to goodwill necessary as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Impairment charges related to goodwill, if any, have no impact on our cash balances.

Impairment of Other Long-lived Tangible and Intangible Assets

Our intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships and developed technology. The majority of our intangible assets were recorded in connection with our various business combinations. Our intangible assets are recorded at fair value at the time of their acquisition. We amortize intangible assets over their estimated useful lives.

The estimated useful lives of the individual categories of intangible assets were based on the nature of the applicable intangible asset and the expected future cash flows to be derived from the intangible asset. Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives is recognized over the shorter of the respective lives of the agreement or the period of time the intangible assets are expected to contribute to future cash flows. We amortize our finite-lived intangible assets based on patterns on which the respective economic benefits are expected to be realized. We amortize the majority of our intangible assets on a straight-line basis from three to nine years, as this methodology most closely approximates the pattern of economic benefits for these assets.

We evaluate long-lived tangible and intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If indicators of impairment are present with respect to long-lived tangible and intangible assets used in operations and undiscounted future cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover the assets’ carrying amount, additional analysis is performed as appropriate and the carrying value of the long-lived assets is reduced to the estimated fair value, if this is lower, and an impairment loss is charged to expense in the period the impairment is identified. Factors we generally consider important which could trigger an impairment review on the carrying value of other long-lived tangible and intangible assets include the following: (1) significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, (2) significant

F- 12  
Table of Contents    

changes in the manner of our use of acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, (3) underutilization of our tangible assets, (4) discontinuance of product lines by ourselves or our customers, (5) significant negative industry or economic trends, (6) significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period, (7) significant decline in our market capitalization relative to net book value and (8) goodwill impairment identified during an impairment review. As of December 31, 2017, we performed evaluations that resulted in $471,083 of impairments of intangible assets (see Note 10).

Business Acquisitions

Our business acquisitions have historically been made at prices above the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, resulting in goodwill or some identifiable intangible. Significant judgment is required in estimating the fair value of intangible assets and in assigning their respective useful lives. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management but are inherently uncertain.

 

We generally employ the income method to estimate the fair value of intangible assets, which is based on forecasts of the expected future cash flows attributable to the respective assets. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants and include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), the underlying product life cycles, economic barriers to entry, a brand’s relative market position and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.

 

Net assets acquired are recorded at their fair value and are subject to adjustment upon finalization of the fair value analysis.  

 

Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The Company computes net income (loss) per share in accordance with ASC 260, “Earning per Share””. ASC 260 requires presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) on the face of thee income statement. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholder (numerator) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding (denominator) during the period. Diluted EPS gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method and convertible preferred stock using the if-converted method. In computing diluted EPS, the average stock price for the period is used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased from the exercise of stock options or warrants. Diluted EPS excludes all dilutive potential shares if their effect is anti-dilutive. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had shares that were potentially common stock equivalents as follows:

 

    2017   2016
Series A Preferred Stock     62,671,309       26,680,856  
Series B Preferred Stock     2,588,693       2,588,693  
Stock Options     93,520       —    
Convertible Debt     1,339,536       250,000  
      66,599,536       29,519,549  

 

Concentration of Credit Risk, Off-Balance Sheet Risks and Other Risks and Uncertainties

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We invest our excess cash primarily in high quality securities and limit the amount of our credit exposure to any one financial institution. We do not require collateral or other securities to support customer receivables; however, we perform on-going credit evaluations of our customers and maintain allowances for potential credit losses.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, no individual customer’s accounts receivable balance was more than 10% of our aggregate accounts receivable. During 2016, one customer represented, at times, approximately 20 to 30% of monthly revenue. This customer terminated service with the Company during 2016.

Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our primary financial instruments at December 31, 2017 and 2016 consisted of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. We apply fair value measurement accounting to either record or disclose the value of our financial assets and liabilities in our financial statements. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for

F- 13  
Table of Contents    

 

the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. A fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs, where available, and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

Described below are the three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

  Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

Research and Development

Our research and development programs focus on telecommunications products and services. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Any payments received from external parties to fund our research and development activities reduce the recorded research and development expenses.

 

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company incurred advertising costs of $1,350 and $2,391 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results will differ and could differ materially from those estimates.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments  

Derivative financial instruments, as defined in ASC 815, “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities”, consist of financial instruments or other contracts that contain a notional amount and one or more underlying (e.g. interest rate, security price or other variable), require no initial net investment and permit net settlement. Derivative financial instruments may be free-standing or embedded in other financial instruments. Further, derivative financial instruments are initially, and subsequently, measured at fair value and recorded as liabilities or, in rare instances, assets.

 

The Company does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to cash-flow, market or foreign-currency risks. However, the Company has issued financial instruments including convertible promissory notes payable with features as of September 30, 2017 that are either (i) not afforded equity classification, (ii) embody risks not clearly and closely related to host contracts, or (iii) may be net-cash settled by the counterparty. As required by ASC 815, in certain instances, these instruments are required to be carried as derivative liabilities, at fair value, in our financial statements.

 

The Company estimates the fair values of derivative financial instruments using the Black-Scholes option valuation technique. Estimating fair values of derivative financial instruments requires the development of significant and subjective estimates (such as volatility, estimated life and interest rates) that may, and are likely to, change over the duration of the instrument with related changes in internal and external market factors. In addition, option-based techniques are highly volatile and sensitive to changes in the trading market price of our common stock, which has a high-historical volatility. Since derivative financial instruments are initially and subsequently carried at fair values, the Company’s operating results will reflect the volatility in these estimate and assumption changes.

 

During September 2017, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in the amount of $55,000 (comprised of two $25,000 notes to two related parties and one $5,000 note to a former officer of CDH), all which are due May 1, 2020 and bear 6% annual interest and are convertible into common stock of the Company at 60% of the average closing market share price for the prior 10-trading days. Subsequent to September 30, 2017 and prior to December 31, 2017, the Company issued an additional $12,000 of the same convertible promissory notes with the same conversion features. However, in November 2017,

F- 14  
Table of Contents    

 

all of these convertible promissory notes included as derivative financial instruments totaling $67,000 were amended such that the conversion price became fixed at $0.25 per share, and the derivative features were extinguished. As such, the derivative liability and related debt discount as of December 31, 2017 was $0 and the resulting derivative accounting effected the 2017 financial statements, essentially through other income and other expense to essentially offsetting amounts of derivative expense, amortization of debt discount and gain on extinguishment of liabilities There were no derivative instruments in the prior year.

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

 

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02 Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.  ASU 2018-02 clarifies the treatment of the deferred tax adjustments on temporary differences that arose from items of income or loss that were originally recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) by reclassifying the stranded tax effect to retained earnings.  The Company is still evaluating the impact of the adoption of this update on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-11, (Part I) Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features, (Part II) Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception. The new standard applies to issuers of financial instruments with down-round features. A down-round provision is a term in an equity-linked financial instrument (i.e. a freestanding warrant contract or an equity conversion feature embedded within a host debt or equity contract) that triggers a downward adjustment to the instrument’s strike price (or conversion price) if equity shares are issued at a lower price (or equity-linked financial instruments are issued at a lower strike price) than the instrument’s then-current strike price. The purpose of the feature is typically to protect the instrument’s counterparty from future issuances of equity shares at a more favorable price. The ASU amends (1) the classification of such instruments as liabilities or equity by revising the certain guidance relative to evaluating if they must be accounted for as derivative instruments and (2) the guidance on recognition and measurement of freestanding equity-classified instruments. For the Company, this ASU is effective January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company is still evaluating the impact of the adoption of this update on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting ("ASU 2017-09"). ASU 2017-09 provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in Topic 718. ASU 2017-09 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and early adoption is permitted. We adopted ASU 2017-09 in the current period; however, the adoption of ASU 2017-09 did not have an impact on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations. We will apply the guidance in ASU 2017-09 in future periods, if applicable.

 

In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606: Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASU 2016-20. ASU 2016-20 clarifies specific aspects of previously issued guidance in ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (discussed below). ASU 2016-20 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-20 on our consolidated financial statements.

  

In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, or ASU 2016-10. ASU 2016-10 adds further guidance on identifying performance obligations and also to improve the operability and understandability of the licensing implementation guidance. ASU 2016-10 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-10 on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), or ASU 2016-02. ASU 2016-02 requires lessees to recognize for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date, a lease liability which is a lessee‘s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease measured on a discounted basis, and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and should be applied with a modified retrospective transition approach, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-02 on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). ASU 2014-09 is amended by ASU 2015-14, ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, ASU 2016-11, ASU 2016-12, ASU 2016-20, ASU 2017-10, ASU 2017-13 and ASU 2017-14, which FASB issued in August 2015, March 2016, April 2016, May 2016, May 2016, December 2016, May 2017, September 2017 and November 2017, respectively (collectively, the amended ASU 2014-09). The amended ASU 2014-09

F- 15  
Table of Contents    

 

provides a single comprehensive model for the recognition of revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. It requires an entity to recognize revenue when the entity transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The amended ASU 2014-09 creates a five-step model that requires entities to exercise judgment when considering the terms of contract(s). The amended ASU 2014-09 requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including qualitative and quantitative information about contracts with customers, significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The effective date for the amended ASU 2014-09 is December 15, 2017 with early adoption permitted. The Company is still evaluating the impact of the adoption of this update on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITIONS

(a) Viewme Live Technology Acquisition

 

The Company entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement dated October 31, 2017 between the Company and Matrixsites Inc. (“Matrix”) and its owners for the acquisition of the assets of Matrix related to Viewme Live, including all intellectual property and backend code and technology for Mobile TV Broadcast Network and Social Media Platform for 4,000,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock and a promissory note for $4,000,000, 2,000,000 due from debt proceeds intended to be obtained in the second or third quarter of 2018 and the remainder from proceeds from the second Company public offering intended to be in 2018. There is no interest on the promissory note which is secured by the assets acquired.. The Company also entered into a consulting agreement related to development and marketing with the principal owner for zero per month for one year. There were no revenues being generated from these assets prior to the acquisition. As of December 31, 2017, no sales have taken place.

 

The Company evaluated this acquisition in accordance with ASC 805-10-55-4 to discern whether the assets and operations of the assets purchased met the definition of a business. The company concluded there were not a sufficient number of key processes that developed the inputs into outputs. Accordingly, the Company accounted for this transaction as an asset acquisition as follows.

 

Consideration given:    
Cash payable (see Note 5)   $ 4,000,000  
Capital contribution by officer in satisfaction of shares owing     595,600  
Total consideration given   $ 4,595,600  
         
Consideration received:        
Intangibles-developed technology   $ 4,595,600  

 

(b)   Lion Phone Technology Acquisition

 

In December 2016, TPTG acquired the Lion Phone Technology from four former interest holders. The Lion Phone technology agreement allows for the technology and intellectual property and technology of the Lion Phone to be acquired for 2,100,000 shares of restricted Common Stock of the Company contributed by an officer, and $350,000 in cash (see Note 5). The sellers will also have a right to a royalty of $5.00 for each phone sold. As of December 31, 2017, no sales have taken place and no royalties have been paid.

 

The Company evaluated this acquisition in accordance with ASC 805-10-55-4 to discern whether the assets and operations of the assets purchased met the definition of a business. The company concluded there were not a sufficient number of key processes that developed the inputs into outputs. Accordingly, the Company accounted for this transaction as an asset acquisition as follows.

 

F- 16  
Table of Contents    

 

Consideration given:    
Cash payable (see Note 5)   $ 350,000  
Capital contribution by officer in satisfaction of shares owing     560,000  
Total consideration given   $ 910,000  
         
Consideration received:        
Intangibles-developed technology   $ 910,000  

 

 

(c)     Goodwin Global Acquisition of Customer Base

 

In July 2016, the Company entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement to purchase the assets of Goodwin Global Communications LLC (“the Goodwin Agreement”) for $22,500 in cash, payable in cash increments through January 2017, and up to 200,000 shares of restricted common shares of the Company given by an officer of the Company in satisfaction of shares owing. The actual number of shares given upon acquisition was 50,000 and may increase, in defined increments, up to 200,000 depending on the monthly revenue generation from the assets (the additional 150,000 common shares potentially owing is defined as follows: 50,000 common shares when the Goodwin assets generate $30,000 of revenue in a given month, 50,000 common shares when the assets generate $125,000 of revenue in a given month, and 50,000 common shares when the Goodwin assets generate $125,000 of revenue in a given month). As part of the acquisition, the Company will pay a 25% commission on the gross profit from the assets. As of December 31, 2016, there were no additional common shares owing and no commissions paid or due pursuant to the terms of the agreement stated above. During 2017, the Goodwin Agreement was amended to cancel the potential additional 150,000 shares of common stock and to cancel the related 25% commission on the gross profits.

 

The company evaluated this acquisition in accordance with ASC 805-10-55-4 to discern whether the assets and operations of the assets purchased met the definition of a business. The company concluded there were a sufficient number of key processes that developed the inputs into outputs. Accordingly, the Company accounted for this transaction as the acquisition of a business with the only asset being the customer base.

 

The transaction was accounted for in accordance with purchase accounting of a business. The consideration transferred, assets acquired and share consideration recognized is as follows:

 

Consideration Given:    
Cash   $ 22,500  
Capital contribution by officer in satisfaction of shares owing     40,400  
Total consideration value   $ 62,900  
         
Consideration received:        
Intangibles-customer base   $ 62,900  

 

In December 2016, after performing an impairment test, the Company impaired the customer base and amortized any remaining balance in the statement of operations for 2016.

 

(d)     San Diego Media Acquisition

 

Effective September 30, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of SDM for 750,000 shares of restricted Common Stock of the Company contributed by an officer, assumption of debt of approximately $163,259, and a convertible promissory note of $250,000.

 

The company evaluated this acquisition in accordance with ASC 805-10-55-4 to discern whether the assets and operations of the assets purchased met the definition of a business. The company concluded there were a sufficient number of key processes that developed the inputs into outputs. Accordingly, the Company accounted for this transaction as the acquisition of a business.

 

The transaction was accounted for in accordance with purchase accounting of a business. The consideration transferred, assets acquired and share consideration recognized is as follows:  

 

F- 17  
Table of Contents    

 

Consideration given:    
Capital contribution by officer in satisfaction of shares owing   $ 438,750  
Convertible note (see Note 5)     250,000  
Liabilities assumed     163,259  
Total consideration given   $ 852,009  
         
Consideration received:        
Intangibles-customer base   $ 751,918  
Assets-current and long-term     100,091  
Total consideration received   $ 852,009  

 

(e) Blue Collar Acquisition (Pending as of December 31, 2017)

The Company entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement on November 3, 2017, but amended on February 9, 2018 and March 29, 2018, to be effective April 1, 2018 with Blue Collar Inc. (“Blue Collar”), a Media Production and California Corporation and its shareholders, to acquire 100% of the outstanding ownership of Blue Collar, including equipment, furniture and other assets, for 6,500,000 shares of restricted Common Stock and $1,600,000 in a Seller loan that is to be paid within thirteen months of April 1, 2018 and bears annual interest of 3% (12% interest upon default). See Notes 5, 7 and 11.

 

The transaction will be accounted for effective April 1, 2018 in accordance with purchase accounting of a business. The consideration transferred, assets acquired and share consideration to be recognized is as follows (assets and liabilities are estimated as provisional amounts):

 

    TPT Global Tech
Effective          4-1-18  
         
Purchaser     TPT Global Tech  
         
Consideration Given:        
Common Stock     6,500,000  
      6,500,000  
Estimated Value   $ .125  
Consideration Share Value (1)                812,500 (1)  
Note Payable   $ 1,600,000  
Liabilities   $ 1,038,000  
Total Consideration Value   $ 3,450,500  
         
Consideration Received:        
Intangibles Customers (2)           $2,882,500 (2)  
Assets   $ 568,000  
    $ 3,450,500  

 

  (1) As of December 31, 2017, 6,500,000 common shares had been issued to the sellers and have been recorded at par value (or $6,500), due to the fact that they have been issued in advance of the effective date (or measurement date) of this acquisition.

 

  (2) We are reviewing for potential intangible assets, which may potentially change the intangible assts.

 

(f) HRS Agreement and Subsequent Rescission

 

On November 1, 2017, as amended February 9, 2018, the Company entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement with Hollywood Riviera LLC and HRS Mobile LLC and their members who share common ownership to acquire 100% ownership interest in both of these companies for 3,265,000 restricted Common Stock and, and $3,350,000 in cash to be used to retire debt

F- 18  
Table of Contents    

 

and pay for ownership interests. In conjunction with this Acquisition, 3,265,000 shares of restricted Common Stock were issued during 2017. On March 28, 2018, by mutual agreement, this Agreement was rescinded and the 3,625,000 shares of common stock are being returned by the recipients and have been recorded as $3,625 in stock subscription receivable as of December 31, 2017 See Notes 7 and 11.

 

NOTE 3 – GOING CONCERN

Cash flows generated from operating activities were not enough to support all working capital requirements for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. Financing activities described below, have helped with working capital and other capital requirements. We incurred $3,807,401 and $4,463,199, respectively, in losses, and we used $750,408 and $352,792, respectively, in cash for operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. Cash flows from financing activities were $693,502 and $269,880 for the same periods. These factors cause substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the issuance of these financial statements.

Subsequent to December 31, 2017, shareholders extended loans to the Company in the amount of approximately $293,000 into debt that is convertible one dollar into one share of sock of Series C Preferred Stock that has been designated convertible into common stock at $0.15 per share and includes terms similar to the other Preferred Stock. See Note 5. Also, subsequent to December 31, 2017, shareholders advanced the Company $14,000 with no defined terms.

In addition, subsequent to December 31, 2017, 3,595,000 shares of common stock were subscribed to for $395,500 in cash or $0.10 per share.

In order for us to continue as a going concern, we will need to obtain additional debt or equity financing and look for companies with cash flow positive operations that we can acquire. There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure additional debt or equity financing, that we will be able to acquire cash flow positive operations, or that, if we are successful in any of those actions, those actions will produce adequate cash flow to enable us to meet all our future obligations. Most of our existing financing arrangements are short-term. If we are unable to obtain additional debt or equity financing, we may be required to significantly reduce or cease operations.  

 

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property and equipment and related accumulated depreciation as of December 31st are as follows:

 

                2016                2016
Property and equipment   $ 3,297,943       3,297,943  
Accumulated depreciation     (483,876 )     (308,384 )
Property and equipment, net   $ 2,814,067       2,989,559  

 

 

Depreciation expense was $175,492 and 162,988 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

F- 19  
Table of Contents    

NOTE 5 – FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

 

Financing arrangements as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 

                2017               2016
Business loans and advances (1)   $ 114,016       78,750  
Convertible debt (2)     5,000       —    
Factoring agreement (3)     78,909       123,035  
Debt – third party   $ 197,925       201,785  
                 
Line of credit, related party secured by assets (4)   $ 3,043,390       2,597,790  
Debt– other related party (5)     4,350,000       350,000  
Convertible debt – related party (2)     312,000       250,000  
Shareholder debt (6)     164,200       34,200  
Debt – related party   $ 7,869,590       3,231,990  
                 
Total financing arrangements   $ 8,067,515       3,433,775  
                 
Less current portion:                
   Debt – third party   $ (195,106 )     (201,785 )
   Debt – related party     (7,619,590 )     (2,979,171 )
      (7,814,696 )     (3,180,956 )
Total long term debt   $ 252,819       252,819  

 

 

  (1) The terms of $40,000 of this balance are similar to that of the Line of Credit which bears interest at adjustable rates, 2.75% as of December 31, 2017, and is secured by assets of the Company. The provider of these funds also received 8,000 stock options to purchase common stock of the company as part of the terms of issuance. The remaining balances generally bear interest at approximately 10%, are unsecured and are classified as current in the balance sheets.

 

  (2) During 2017, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in the amount of $67,000 (comprised of $62,000 from two related parties and $5,000 from a former officer of CDH), all which are due May 1, 2020 and bear 6% annual interest. The convertible promissory notes are convertible, as amended, at $0.25 per share. During 2016, the Company acquired SDM which consideration included a convertible promissory note for $250,000 due September 30, 2018, does not bear interest, unless delinquent in which the interest is 12% per annum, and is convertible into common stock at $1.00 per share.

 

  (3) The Factoring Agreement was established in June 2016 with a company that is controlled by a shareholder. The Factoring Agreement is such that the Company pays a discount of 2% per each 30-day period for each advance received against accounts receivable or future billings. The Company was advanced funds during 2016 from the Factoring Agreement for which $78,909 and $123,035 in principal remained unpaid as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

  (4) The Line of Credit originated with a bank and was secured by the personal assets of certain shareholders of Copperhead Digital. During 2016, the Line of Credit was assigned to the Copperhead Digital shareholders, who subsequent to the Copperhead Digital acquisition by TPTG became shareholders of TPTG, and the secured personal assets were used to pay off the bank. The Line of Credit bears a variable interest rate based on the 1 Month LIBOR plus 2.0% for amounts up to and including $1,250,000 or plus 3.5% for amounts above $1,250,000, is payable monthly, due April 30, 2018, and is secured by the assets of the Company. 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company have been reserved to accomplish raising the funds to pay off the Line of Credit. Since assignment of the Line of Credit to certain shareholders, which balance on the date of assignment was $2,597,790, those shareholders have loaned the Company $445,600 as of December 31, 2017 under similar terms and conditions as the line of credit, except the added stock options of 85,120 (see Note 7). Subsequent to December 31, 2017, those same shareholders have loaned the Company money which is included in $293,000 of loan proceeds received.

 

F- 20  
Table of Contents    

 

  (5) $350,000 represents cash due with no interest to the prior owners of the technology acquired in December 2016 from the owner of the Lion Phone which is due to be paid as agreed by TPTG and the former owners of the Lion Phone technology (see Note 2 (b)) and has not been determined. $4,000,000 represents a promissory note included as part of the consideration for the acquisition of the assets of Matrix in November 2017 (see Note 2 (a)) . The terms of the promissory note Are that, 2,000,000 is due from debt proceeds intended to be obtained in the second or third quarter of 2018 and the remainder from proceeds from the second Company public offering intended to be in 2018. There is no interest on the promissory note which is secured by the assets acquired.

 

  (6) The shareholder debt represents funds given to TPTG or subsidiaries by officers and managers of the Company as working capital. There are no written terms of repayment or interest that is being accrued to these amounts and they will only be paid back, according to management, if cash flows support it. They are classified as current in the balance sheets. Subsequent to December 31, 2017, an addition $14,000 was advanced to the Company with no terms specified.

 

See Lease financing arrangement in Note 8.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments as of September 30, 2017 were as follows:

 

    2017
Convertible promissory notes (1)   $ 5,000  
Convertible promissory notes – related party (1)     50,000  
Total convertible promissory notes   $ 55,000  
Discount     (45,947 )
Convertible promissory notes, net   $ 9,053  

 

The Company recognized $45,947 in debt discounts in connection with the convertible promissory notes.

 

  (1) During September 2017, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in the amount of $55,000 (comprised of two $25,000 notes to two related parties and one $5,000 note to a former officer of CDH), all which are due May 1, 2020 and bear 6% annual interest and are convertible into common stock of the Company at 60% of the average closing market share price for the prior 10-trading days. Subsequent to September 30, 2017 and prior to December 31, 2017, the Company issued an additional $12,000 of the same convertible promissory notes with the same conversion features. However, in November 2017, all of these convertible promissory notes included as derivative financial instruments totaling $67,000 were amended such that the conversion price became fixed at $0.25 per share, and the derivative features were eliminated. As such, the derivative accounting as of and through September 31, 2017 was reversed.

 

The Company values its derivative financial instruments upon initial recognition at fair value and revalues its derivative financial instruments at the end of each reporting period or in the case of any conversion or modification of terms, at the date of any such modification or conversion. Any change in fair value is charged to earnings of the period where the derivative financial instrument is modified or converted. During 2017 through the time that derivative instruments existed, with the issuance of convertible promissory notes, that had a conversion price 60% of the average closing market share price, these derivative financial instruments was determined using the Black Scholes method.

 

The ranges of inputs (or assumptions) the Company used to value the derivative liabilities at issuance, conversion dates, and as of September 30, 2017 were as follows:

 

(1) Dividend yield of 0%
   
(2) expected annual volatility of 353% – 357%
   
(3) risk-free interest rate of 1.42% - 1.55%
   
(4) expected life of 2.54 to 2.64 years, and
   
(5) estimated fair value of the Company’s common $.10 to .14 per share.

 

 

F- 21  
Table of Contents    

 

NOTE 6 - INCOME TAXES

 

The following table sets forth the components of the Company’s income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

Current:   2017   2016
Federal State and local   $ —         —    
Total Current   $ —         —    
Deferred:                
Federal State and local benefit   $ (791,570 )     (937,268 )
Net operating loss, net of state tax effect     (47,462 )     (13,554 )
Meals and entertainment     2,736       6,155  
Stock based expenses     —         9,104  
Other     56,796       2,295  
Allowance     779,500       943,268  
Total Benefit   $ —         —    

 

 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the Company’s income tax expense (benefit) as the federal statutory rate to recorded income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    2017   2016
Statutory rate     21 %     21 %
Change in valuation allowance     (21 %)     (21 %)
Stock based compensation     —         (0 %)
Net operating loss, net of state tax effect     (1 %)     (1 %)
Other     (1 %)     (1 %)
Total     —         —    

 

The following table sets forth the components of the Company’s deferred income taxes as of December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

Current deferred tax assets (liabilities):   2017   2016
Valuation allowance   $ —         —    
Total current deferred tax asset (liability)   $ —         —    
                 
Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities):                
Intangible assets amortization   $ 460,773       258,336  
Net operating loss carry forwards     949,243       471,077  
Stock base compensation     1,287,336       1,287,336  
Less; Valuation allowance     (2,796,279 )     (2,016,780 )
Total noncurrent deferred tax asset (liability)   $ —         —    
                 
Total deferred tax asset (liability)   $ —         —    

 

 

The Company has approximately $4,500,000 and 2,200,000 of net operating loss carry forwards as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, which expire in varying amounts, if unused. Because of the change in ownership of more than 50% of the Company in accordance with Section 382 of the IRS Code, these net operating loss carry forwards may be significantly limited to use in future periods. The federal and state tax returns for the Company have not been filed for the years ended December 31, 2015 through 2017.

 

F- 22  
Table of Contents    

 

NOTE 7 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Preferred Stock

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had authorized 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, of which certain shares had been designated as Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.

 

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

 

In February 2015, the Company designated 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series A Preferred Stock.

 

The Series A Preferred Stock was designated in February 2016, has a par value of $.001, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined, and of an amount equal to $100 per share. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall, collectively have the right to convert all of their Series A Preferred Stock when conversion is elected into that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company, determined by the following formula: 60% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares as computed immediately after the transaction for conversion. For further clarification, the 60% of the issued and outstanding common shares includes what the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock may already hold in common shares at the time of conversion. The Series A Preferred Stock, collectively, shall have the right to vote as if converted prior to the vote to an amount of shares equal to 60% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company.

 

In February 2015, the Board of Directors authorized the issuance of 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEO and President of the Company, valued at $3,117,000 for compensation expense.

 

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

 

In February 2015, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. There are 2,588,693 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017.

 

The Series B Preferred Stock was designated in February 2015, has a par value of $.001, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series B Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any part of the Series B Preferred Shares and will receive and equal amount of common shares at the conversion price of $2.00 per share. The Series B Preferred Stock holders have a right to vote on any matter with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one to one basis.

 

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock

 

In May 2018, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock. There are no shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017.

 

The Series C Preferred Stock was designated in May 2018, has a par value of $.001, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series C Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A and B Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series C Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any part of the Series C Preferred Shares and will receive and equal amount of common shares at the conversion price of $0.15 per share. The Series C Preferred Stock holders have a right to vote on any matter with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one to one basis.

  

Common Stock and Common Stock Contributions

 

As of December 31, 2017, we had authorized 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 136,953,904 common shares are issued and outstanding.

 

F- 23  
Table of Contents    

Common Stock Contributions Related to Acquisitions

 

As of October 31, 2017, the Company acquired the assets of Matrix related to Viewme Live, including all intellectual property and backend code and technology for Mobile TV Broadcast Network and Social Media Platform for 4,000,000 restricted shares of the Company valued at $595,600 or $0.15 per share) and a promissory note for $4,000,000. See Notes 2 (a) and 5.

 

Effective November 1 and 3, 2017, an officer of the Company contributed 9,765,000 shares of restricted Common Stock to the Company for the acquisition of Blue Collar (see Note 2 (e)) and HRS (see Note 2 (f)). These shares were subsequently issued as consideration for these acquisitions in November 2017. Subsequent to December 31, 2017, the HRS acquisition was rescinded and 3,625,000 shares of common stock are being returned by the recipients. The other transaction involved 6,500,000 shares for the acquisition of Blue Collar. Subsequent to December 31, 2017, this transaction was amended to be effective April 1, 2018. As such, as of December 31, 2017 both the 3,265,000 shares for the HRS transaction and the 6,500,000 shares for the Blue Collar transaction are reflected as subscriptions receivable based on their par value.

 

In July 2016, the Company acquired the customer base of Goodwin Global for 50,000 restricted shares of Common Stock from a capital contribution of an officer of the Company valued at $40,400. See Note 2(c) for details of the acquisition and other consideration given.

 

Effective September 30, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of SDM for 750,000 restricted shares of Common Stock as a capital contribution from an officer of the Company valued at $438,750. See Note 2(d) for details of the acquisition and other consideration.

 

In December 2016, the Company acquired the Lion Phone technology for 2,100,000 restricted shares of Common Stock as a contribution of capital from an officer of the Company valued at $560,000. See Note 2(b) for details of the acquisition and other consideration given.

 

Common Stock Contributions Related to Expenses and Liabilities

 

In December 2016, a subsidiary’s landlord agreed to terminate a facilities lease for 150,000 restricted shares of Common Stock valued at $43,350 from a capital contribution of an officer of the Company. Subsequent to the agreement, the landlord requested more shares against the Company’s agreement. As such, $40,404 remains in liabilities payable to the landlord and the $43,350 was expensed as rent expense in 2016. The matter has still not been resolved. Management does not believe any negative resolution will have a material impact on the company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In December 2016, the Company settled accounts payable to multiple vendors of $134,720 for 365,000 shares of restricted Common Stock valued at $105,485 from a capital contribution of an officer of the Company. A gain on settlement of $29,235 was recognized.

 

In December 2016, the Company used for compensation expense 9,175,000 restricted shares of Common Stock valued at $2,663,575 received from a capital contribution from an officer of the Company.

 

Common Stock Contributions Related to Debt Conversions

 

In conjunction with the acquisition of Copperhead Digital, the former shareholders of Copperhead Digital agreed to bring accounts payable current for which they would receive promissory notes. As such, they funded a total of $220,000 of Commercial Promissory Notes. The Commercial Promissory Notes did not bear interest, except under default which then would be at the lessor of 12% per annum or the maximum allowable rate under applicable law. Due dates were from December 16, 2016 to January 28, 2017. The Commercial Promissory Notes were convertible at $0.50 per share and were unsecured. In October 2016, all Commercial Promissory Notes were exchanged for a contribution of capital from an officer of the Company, including 440,000 Common Shares.

 

Previously Convertible Promissory Notes of $250,000 were due to a shareholder, were due three years from the date of issuance, between March 16, 2018 and April 28, 2018, bear interest at 8% per annum, except under default which then would be at the lessor of 12% per annum or the maximum allowable rate under applicable law, and were convertible at $0.50 per share. The Convertible Promissory Notes were unsecured. In October 2016, all Convertible Promissory Notes were exchanged for a contribution of capital from an officer of the Company, including 500,000 Common Shares.

 

In July and August 2016, the Company through a private offering issued Unsecured Commercial Promissory Notes to the former shareholders of Copperhead Digital for $326,377. The Unsecured Commercial Promissory Notes were due as the holder designated in writing, did not bear an interest rate, except under default which then would be at the lessor of 12% per annum

F- 24  
Table of Contents    

 

or the maximum allowable rate under applicable law. The Unsecured Commercial Promissory Notes were convertible at $0.20 to $0.25 per share. In October 2016, all Unsecured Commercial Promissory Notes were exchanged for a contribution of capital from an officer of the Company, including 1,496,899 Common Shares.

 

Common Stock Contributions related to stock subscriptions

 

During 2016, 600,000 shares of Common Stock were provided to an investor for $53,000, which stock was contributed by an officer of the Company as a capital contribution.

 

Cash from Subscriptions

During 2017, the Company agreed to subscriptions of 800,000 shares of common stock in the amount of $70,000, on an average price per share of $0.09, for working capital purposes. Of the 800,000 shares, 750,000 related to a subscription from a relative to an officer and director of the Company for $65,000. Also during 2017, the Company issued 50,000 shares of common stock to this same relative, which shares were received from an officer to satisfy the subscription payable from cash received in 2014 of $7,500.

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2017, 3,595,000 shares of common stock were subscribed to for $359,500 in cash or $0.10 per share.

 

Stock Options and Warrants

We do not have any warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2016.

During 2017 shareholders extended loans to the Company in the amount of approximately $465,600 under the same terms and conditions of existing debt from shareholders which is secured by assets of the company. Terms of the loans included issuing options to purchase 93,120 shares of common stock of the Company at prices ranging from $0.046 to $0.265 per share. All of these options are vested and can be exercised until December 31, 2019. See Note 5. The Company used a Black Scholes model to value these options and expensed $9,124 into the state of operations for 2017. The ranges of inputs (or assumptions) the Company used to value the stock options at issuance were as follows:

 

(1)  Dividend yield of 0%
(2)  expected annual volatility of 135%
(3)  discount rate of 20%
(4)  expected life of 2 years, and
(5)  estimated fair value of the Company’s common $.06 to .22 per share.

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2017, the Company entered into certain consulting contracts which provide for the issuance of stock options to purchase 3,000,000 common shares, 1,000,000 of which is fully vested and 2,000,000 which will vest over 18 months from date of grant. All these stock options have an exercise period of 24 to 36 months. During calendar years 2018 and 2019, the company will incur an expense of approximately $263,000 representing the fair value of the stock options based on a closing share trading value on the date of grant.

 

Common Stock Reservations

The Company has reserved 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company for the purpose of raising funds to be used to pay off debt described in Note 5.

 

We have reserved 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company to grant to certain employee and consultants as consideration for services rendered and that will be rendered to the Company.

 

F- 25  
Table of Contents    

NOTE 8 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Lease Obligations

 

Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

 

Obligation   Delinquent   2018   Total
Telecom Equipment Finance (2)   $ 449,103       —       $ 449,103  
Equipment Lease (3)     101,347       —         101,347  
Vehicles Leases             5,195       5,195  
Total   $ 550,450       5,195     $ 555,645  

 

(1) The Telecom Equipment Lease is with an entity owned and controlled by shareholders of the Company and is in default. The Company is in the process of negotiating revised lease terms.

(2) The Equipment Lease requires payments of $3,702 per month and is in default. See discussion below.

Other Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has employment agreements with certain employees of SDM and K Telecom. The agreements are such that SDM and K Telecom, on a standalone basis in each case, must provide sufficient cash flow to financially support the financial obligations within the employment agreements.

The company has been named in a lawsuit by a former employee who was terminated by management in 2016. The employee was working under an employment agreement but was terminated for breach of the agreement. The former employee is suing for breach of contract and is seeking around $75,000 in back pay and benefits. Management believes it has good and meritorious defenses and does not belief the outcome of the lawsuit will have any material effect on the financial position of the Company.

At the end of December 2017, the Company learned that the new equipment lease identified in Note 7 for $101,348 was included in a default judgement in a non-jurisdictional state of Pennsylvania for $169,474 from a lawsuit by the lessor. Management is working with the lessor to settle this matter including a proposal for the equipment to be returned to the lessor and then a negotiated amount for any deficiency between the value given for the retired equipment and the $101,348. When concluded, management does not believe the results will be significantly different than the liability of $101,348 in principal and $13,901 in accrued interest recorded as of December 31, 2017.

As of December 31, 2017, the company has collected $338,725 from one customer in excess of amounts due from that customer in accordance with the customer’s understanding of the appropriate billings activity. The customer has filed a written demand for repayment by the Company of amounts owed. Management believes that the customer agreement allows them to keep the amounts under dispute. Given the dispute, the Company has reflected the amounts in dispute as a customer liability on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 and does not believe the outcome of the dispute will have a material effect on the financial position of the Company.

NOTE 9 – RELATED PARTY ACTIVITY

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company paid Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEO and President of the Company, approximately $50,000 in rent and utility payments related to corporate office space.

There are shares issuances and capital contributions from an officer of the Company. See Note 7. Also, there are debt and lease balances outstanding due to shareholders of the Company. See Notes 5 and 8.

 

F- 26  
Table of Contents    

NOTE 10 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

Goodwill and intangible assets are comprised of the following:

 

December 31, 2017

 

    Gross carrying
amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Book Value   Useful Life
Customer Base   $ 1,422,100       (1,392,102 )     29,998       3  
Developed Technology   $ 6,105,600       (380,666 )     5,724,934       9  
Goodwill   $ 70,995       —         70,995       —    

 

December 31, 2016

 

    Gross carrying amount   Accumulated Amortization   Net Book Value   Useful Life
Customer Base   $ 2,303,771       (1,091,730 )     1,212,041       3  
Developed Technology   $ 1,510,000       (127,783 )     1,382,217       9  
Goodwill   $ 70,995       —         70,995       —    

 

During 2017, the Company impaired two Customer Base intangibles with gross amount of $129,753 and $751,916 and accumulated amortization amounts of ($97,315) and ($313,298), respectively. This resulted in an impairment expense of $471,083 recorded in the Statement of operations during the year ending December 31, 2017.

 

NOTE 11 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement dated November 3, 2017, but to be effective April 1, 2018 through subsequent amendments, with Blue Collar Inc. (“Blue Collar”), a Media Production and California Corporation and its shareholders, as amended on February 9 and March 29, 2018, to acquire 100% of the outstanding ownership of Blue Collar, including equipment, furniture and other assets, for 6,500,000 shares of restricted Common Stock and $1,600,000 in a Seller loan that is to be paid within thirteen months of April 1, 2018 and bears annual interest of 3% (12% interest upon default). The March 29, 2018 amendment changed the closing date to April 1, 2018. For the year ended January 31, 2018 (their fiscal year), Blue Collar generated $2,600,000 in revenue and approximately $70,000 in pretax income.

Subsequent to December 31, 2017, 3,595,000 shares of common stock were subscribed to for $$395,500 in cash or $0.10 per share.

Subsequent to December 31, 2017, the company granted through consulting arrangements primarily for marketing, legal work and general business support, to issue for services 5,500,000 shares of common stock vested immediately upon issuance. In addition, the company issued stock options to purchase 3,000,000 options to purchase common shares at $0.10 per share, 1,000,000 of which is fully vested and 2,000,000 which will vest over 18 months from date of grant. All these stock options have an exercise period of 24 to 36 months. During calendar 2018, the company will incur an expense of approximately $1,200,000 representing the fair value of the shares and stock options based on a closing share trading value on the date of grant. In subsequent years, the corresponding expense will be upwards to $400,000 as services are rendered or shares or stock options vest.

Subsequent to December 31, 2017, shareholders extended loans to the Company in the amount of approximately $293,000 into debt that is convertible one dollar into one share of sock of Series C Preferred Stock that has been designated convertible into common stock at $0.15 per share and includes terms similar to the other Preferred Stock. See Note 5. Also, subsequent to December 31, 2017, shareholders advanced the Company $14,000 with no defined terms.

On April 17, 2018, the CEO of the Company, Stephen Thomas, signed an agreement with New Orbit Technologies, S.A.P.I. de C.V., a Mexican corporation, (“New Orbit”), majority owned and controlled by Stephen Thomas, related to a license agreement for the distribution of TPT licensed products, software and services related to Lion Phone and ViewMe Live within Mexico and Latin America (“License Agreement”). The License Agreement provides for New Orbit to receive a fully paid-up, royalty-free, non-transferable license for perpetuity with termination only under situations such as bankruptcy, insolvency or material breach by either party and provides for New Orbit to pay the Company fees equal to 50% of net income generated from the applicable activities. The transaction was approved by the Board of Directors in June 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

F- 27  
Table of Contents    

 

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Condensed UNAUDITED Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As of

 

June 30, 2018

 

 

F- 28  
Table of Contents    

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As of

 

June 30, 2018

 

 

  Table of Contents

 

 

  Page

 

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-30 - F-31

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

F-32

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-33

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-34 -F-44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F- 29  
Table of Contents    

 

.

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

Assets

     
    As of
         
    June 30,   December 31,
    2018   2017
    (Unaudited)    
CURRENT ASSETS                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 34,120     $ 36,380  
Accounts receivable, net     26,663       25,385  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     44,717       14,059  
Total current assets   $ 105,500     $ 75,824  
NON-CURRENT ASSETS                
        Property and equipment, net   $ 2,726,322     $ 2,814,067  
        Customer base, net     —         29,998  
        Developed technology, net     5,385,734       5,724,935  
        Goodwill     70,995       70,995  
        Deposits and other assets     57,467       57,469  
Total non-current assets   $ 8,240,518     $ 8,697,464  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 8,346,018     $ 8,773,288  

 

Liabilities and Stockholders' DEFICIT

Current liabilities                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 2,869,190     $ 2,401,028  
       Accrued interest on debt     236,513       182,452  
       Debt – third party     198,948       195,106  
       Debt – related party     7,567,990       7,557,590  
       Debt – related party, convertible     210,688       250,000  
       Customer liability     338,725       338,725  
Capital leases     101,349       101,347  
Capital leases – related party     449,103       449,103  
Accrued interest related to capital leases     155,867       135,217  
Vehicle leases     1,498       5,195  
Deferred revenue     3,001       10,925  
       Total current liabilities   $ 12,132,872     $ 11,626,687
                 
                 
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES                
Long term portion:                
              Debt – third party   $ 5,000     $ 2,819  
              Debt – related party, convertible     352,000       62,000  
       Total non-current liabilities     357,000       64,819  
 Total liabilities   $ 12,489,872     $ 11,691,507  
                 
Commitments and contingencies – See Note 8     —         —    

 

 

F- 30  
 

 

  Stockholders' DEFICIT
 
Preferred stock, $.001 par value 100,000,000 shares authorized:
               
                 
Convertible Preferred Series A - 1,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017   $ 1,000     $ 1,000  
Convertible Preferred Series B - 2,588,693 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017     2,589       2,589  
Convertible Preferred Series C – 3,000,000 shares designated, zero shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017     —         —    
Common stock, $.001 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 136,953,904 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017     136,954       136,954  
Subscriptions payable     741,832       25,235  
Additional paid-in capital     10,424,996       10,341,442  
Accumulated deficit     (15,451,225 )     (13,425,439 )
Total stockholders' deficit     (4,143,854 )     (2,918,219 )
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders' DEFICIT   $ 8,346,018     $ 8,773,288  

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F- 31  
Table of Contents    

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Condensed UNAUDITED Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

 

             
   

For the three months ended

 

For the six months ended

                 
    June 30, 2018   June 30, 2017   June 30, 2018   June 30, 2017
Revenues:                                
   Products   $ 36,780     $ 130,788     $ 78,430     $ 274,075  
   Services     152,231       463,129       360,799       1,031,463  
Total Revenues   $ 189,011     $ 593,917     $ 439,229     $ 1,305,538  
                                 
COST OF SALES:                                
   Products   $ 39,895     $ 124,947     $ 82,395     $ 265,115  
   Services     216,269       319,840       438,064       713,622  
Total Costs of Sales   $ 256,164     $ 444,787     $ 520,459     $ 978,737  
Gross profit (loss)   $ (67,153 )   $ 149,130     $ (81,230 )   $ 326,801  
 EXPENSES:                                
Sales and marketing   $ 21,012     $ 7,442     $ 39,898     $ 13,321  
Professional     333,271       306,858       678,679       447,411  
Payroll and related     178,017       140,885       370,756       280,353  
General and administrative     127,148       196,765       319,736       440,015  
Depreciation     43,873       43,873       87,746       87,746  
Amortization     169,600       181,689       369,200       363,378  
                Total expenses   $ 872,921     $ 877,512     $ 1,866,015     $ 1,632,224  
                                 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)                                
Interest expense     (48,131 )     (38,813 )     (78,541 )     (77,670 )
                 Total other income expenses   $ (48,131 )   $ (38,813 )   $ (78,541 )   $ (77,670 )
                                 
Net loss before income taxes     (988,205 )     (767,195 )     (2,025,786 )     (1,383,093 )
Income taxes     —         —         —         —    
                                 
NET LOSS   $ (988,205 )   $ (767,195 )   $ (2,025,786 )   $ (1,383,093 )
                                 

 

 Loss per common share: Basic and diluted   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )
                                 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                                
Basic and diluted     136,953,904       136,953,904       136,953,904       136,953,904  
                                 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

F- 32  
Table of Contents    

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Condensed Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

    For the six months ended June 30,
    2018   2017
 Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net loss   $ (2,025,786 )     (1,383,093 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
 Depreciation     87,746       87,746  
           Amortization     369,200       363,378  
           Share-based compensation: Common stock     347,097       —    
                                                         Stock options     83,554          
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
           Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable     (1,278 )     (4,058 )
           Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other assets     (30,658 )     181,233  
           Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses     542,873       388,530  
           Increase in customer liability     —         119,711  
           Decrease in other liabilities     (7,924 )     (4,110 )
              Net cash used in operating activities   $ (635,176 )     (250,663 )
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Net cash provided by investing activities   $ —         —    
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
           Proceeds from stock subscriptions     367,500       —    
           Proceeds from debt – related party     300,400       142,086  
           Proceeds from debt – third party     10,000       135,000  
           Payments for debt and leases     (44,894 )     (30,743 )
           Other     —         (8,273 )
Net cash provided by financing activities   $ 632,916       238,070  
                 
Net decrease in cash   $ (2,260 )     (12,593 )
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period   $ 36,380       93,286  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period   $ 34,120       80,693  
                 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:                
                 
Cash used for:                
Interest expense   $ —       $ —    
Taxes   $ —       $ —    
                 
Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activity:                
                 
Stock subscription payable issued for conversion of debt   $ 2,000     $ —    

 

See accompanying notes to condensed unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

F- 33  
Table of Contents    

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

Notes to

Condensed UNaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

 

NOTE 1 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

 

The Company was originally incorporated in 1988 in the state of Florida. TPT Global, Inc., a Nevada corporation formed in June 2014, merged with Ally Pharma US, Inc., a Florida corporation, (“Ally Pharma”, formerly known as Gold Royalty Corporation) in a “reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma issued 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the owners of TPT Global, Inc. in exchange for all outstanding common stock of TPT global Inc. and Ally Pharma agreed to change its name to TPT Global Tech, Inc. (jointly referred to as “the Company” or “TPTG”).

 

The following acquisitions have resulted in entities or assets which have been consolidated into TPTG. In 2014 the Company acquired all the assets of K Telecom and Wireless LLC (“K Telecom”) and Global Telecom International LLC (“Global Telecom”). Effective January 31, 2015, TPTG completed its acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc. (“Copperhead Digital”) and Subsidiaries, TruCom, LLC (“TruCom”), Nevada Utilities, Inc. (“Nevada Utilities”) and CityNet Arizona, LLC (“CityNet”). In October 2015, the Company acquired the assets of Port2Port Inc. (“Port2Port”) and Digithrive Inc. (“Digithrive”). Effective September 30, 2016, the company acquired 100% ownership in San Diego Media Inc. (“SDM”).

 

We generate revenues primarily through operating as a Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (“CLEC”) in Arizona, as a distributor of cell phones and telecommunications equipment and as provider of ecommerce and cloud solutions in the western United States.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared according to the instructions to Form 10-Q and Section 210.8-03(b) of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and, therefore, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) have been omitted.

 

In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2018.

 

These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. The condensed consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2018, has been derived from the consolidated financial statements at that date, but does not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP.

 

Our condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of K Telecom and Global Telecom, Copperhead Digital and SDM. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The Company computes net income (loss) per share in accordance with ASC 260, “Earning per Share”. ASC 260 requires presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) on the face of thee income statement. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholder (numerator) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding (denominator) during the period. Diluted EPS gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method and convertible preferred stock using the if-converted method. In computing diluted EPS, the average stock price for the period is used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased from the exercise of stock options or warrants. Diluted EPS excludes all dilutive potential shares if their effect is anti-dilutive.

  

 

F- 34  
Table of Contents    

Accordingly, as of June 30, 2018, the Company excluded the following common stock equivalents from dilutive EPS: 

     
Series A Preferred Stock     102,744,006  
Series B Preferred Stock     2,588,692  
Stock Options     3,093,120  
Convertible Debt     2,517,856  
      110,943,674  

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results will differ and could differ materially from those estimates.

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

 

On January 1, 2018, we adopted the new accounting standard ASC 606,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers , and all of the related amendments (“New Revenue Standard”). In our evaluations and in adopting the modified retrospective approach for contracts and revenue in general, there was no difference in our revenue recognition practices upon adoption that resulted in adjustments material to the consolidated financial statements. We expect the impact of the adoption of the New Revenue Standard to continue to be immaterial on an ongoing basis. The majority of our revenue continues to be recognized per our policy described below.

 

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which amends ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation. This ASU requires that most of the guidance related to stock compensation granted to employees be followed for non-employees, including the measurement date, valuation approach, and performance conditions. The expense is recognized in the same period as though cash were paid for the good or service. The effective date is the first quarter of fiscal year 2020, with early adoption permitted, including in interim periods. The ASU has been adopted using a modified-retrospective transition approach. The adoption is not considered to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

Management has reviewed other recently issued accounting pronouncements and have determined there are not any that would have a material impact on the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

Revenue Recognition Policy

We have been recognizing revenue in prior years when the following four basic criteria have been met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the fee is fixed or determinable and (4) collection is reasonably assured. On a going forward basis, we will follow the New Revenue Standard with the following five criteria as part of our process 1) identify the contract, 2) identify separate performance obligations, 3) determine the transaction price, 4) allocate the transaction price among the performance obligations, and 5) recognize revenue when the performance obligations are satisfied.

 

Revenue generated from product sales, cell phones and telecommunications equipment, is recognized as revenue upon transfer of the title and risk of loss of the products to third-party customers, less a reserve for estimated product returns and other incentive arrangements including rebates.

 

Revenue generated from sales of telecommunications services are recognized as the transaction with the customer is considered closed and begins receiving and accepts the services that were the result of the transaction. 

 

For products that include installation, if the installation meets the criteria to be considered a separate element, product revenue is recognized upon delivery, and installation revenue is recognized when the installation is complete. For sales that include customer-specified acceptance criteria, revenue is recognized after the acceptance criteria have been met. Certain of our products require specialized installation. Revenue for these products is deferred until installation is completed. Revenue from services is deferred and recognized over the contractual period, or as services are rendered and accepted by the customer. Some of our sales transactions qualify as multiple-element arrangements which require us to identify separate units

35  
 

 

of accounting within the arrangement and allocate the transaction consideration across these separate accounting units. For arrangements that include non-software elements, the transaction’s consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on its relative selling price. When applying the relative selling price method, the selling price of each deliverable is determined based upon the following hierarchy of evidence: vendor-specific objective evidence, which is generally based upon historical prices in stand-alone transactions; third-party evidence, which is generally based on market data on sales of similar products and services, if available; and management’s best estimate of selling price. Management’s best estimate of selling price is generally based upon the following considerations: stand-alone sales prices, established price lists, costs to produce and profit margins for similar products.

 

For cloud-based solutions, we use the relative fair value method to allocate transaction consideration to each unit of accounting, whereby the evidence used in the determination of fair value estimates are based solely on vendor specific objective evidence. To the extent that vendor specific objective evidence does not exist for delivered elements of the transaction, we apply the residual method.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain prior period amounts were reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

 

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITIONS

Blue Collar Acquisition (Pending as of June 30, 2018)

The Company entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement on November 3, 2017, but amended on February 9, 2018, March 29, 2018 and August 16, 2018, to be effective September 1, 2018 with Blue Collar Inc. (“Blue Collar”), a Media Production and California Corporation and its shareholders, to acquire 100% of the outstanding ownership of Blue Collar, including equipment, furniture and other assets, for 6,500,000 shares of restricted Common Stock and $1,600,000 in a Seller loan that is to be paid within eight months of September 1, 2018, as amended in August 2018, and bears annual interest of 3% (12% interest upon default). See Notes 7 and 11.

 

The preliminary allocation of the purchase price is based on estimates of the fair value of the assets and liabilities assumed based on provisional amounts. The allocation of the excess purchase price is not final and the amounts allocated to intangible assets are subject to change pending the completion of final valuations of certain assets and liabilities. 

 

The transaction will be accounted for effective September 1, 2018 in accordance with purchase accounting of a business. The consideration transferred, assets acquired and share consideration to be recognized is as follows (assets and liabilities are estimated as provisional amounts):  

    TPT Global Tech
Effective date          9-1-18  
         
Purchaser     TPT Global Tech  
         
Provisional Consideration Given:        
Common Stock     6,500,000  
Estimated Value   $ 0.13  
Consideration Share Value (1)                845,000 (1)  
Note Payable   $ 1,600,000  
Liabilities   $ 1,038,000  
Total Consideration Provisional Value   $ 3,483,000  
         
Consideration Received:        
Intangibles Customers   $ 2,915,000  
Assets   $ 568,000  
    $ 3,483,000  

 

  (1) As of June 30, 2018, 6,500,000 common shares had been issued to the sellers and have been recorded at par value (or $6,500), due to the fact that they have been issued in advance of the effective date (or measurement date) of this acquisition.

 

F- 36  
Table of Contents    

 

Total Industrial Plant Services, Inc. Acquisition and Subsequent Termination

 

On April 18, 2018, the Company entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement in draft form with Total Industrial Plant Services, Inc. (“TIPS”), a Texas Corporation and its shareholders, to acquire the assets, intellectual property and technology for 3,000,000 shares of restricted Common Stock and $2,500,000 payable at closing. A condition upon closing was that TIPS’ financial information, including existing contracts and projected contract revenue levels, was to be audited by a SEC Certified Public Accounting firm in accordance with SEC requirements.

 

Shortly after the date of the agreement, which was in draft form, the Company determined that the terms under the Acquisition and Purchase Agreement, on TIPS’ part, were unperformable and that several representations made by TIPS were not accurate. As such, the Company verbally terminated the Acquisition and Purchase Agreement. On August 29, 2018, the Company gave written notice of termination to TIPS.

 

Separately, during the due diligence phase, the Company extended TIPS $37,950 in working capital. The Company is working with TIPS on a repayment plan. This receivable is reflected in the balance sheet as of June 30, 2018 as an other current assets.

 

HRS Agreement and Subsequent Rescission

 

On November 1, 2017, as amended February 9, 2018, the Company entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement with Hollywood Riviera LLC and HRS Mobile LLC and their members who share common ownership to acquire 100% ownership interest in both of these companies for 3,265,000 restricted Common Stock and, and $3,350,000 in cash to be used to retire debt and pay for ownership interests. In conjunction with this Acquisition, 3,265,000 shares of restricted Common Stock were issued during 2017. On March 28, 2018, by mutual agreement, this Agreement was rescinded and the 3,625,000 shares of common stock are being returned by the recipients and have been recorded as $3,625 in stock subscription receivable as of June 30, 2018. These common shares have yet to be returned as of the issuance of these financial statements.

 

NOTE 3 – GOING CONCERN

Cash flows generated from operating activities were not enough to support all working capital requirements for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017. Financing activities described below, have helped with working capital and other capital requirements. We incurred $2,025,786 and $1,383,093, respectively, in losses, and we used $635,176 and $250,663, respectively, in cash for operations for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017. Cash flows from financing activities were $632,916 and $238,070 for the same periods.

 

Subsequent to June 30, 2018, shareholders extended loans to the Company in the amount of approximately $92,700 into debt that is convertible one dollar into one share of sock of Series C Preferred Stock that has been designated convertible into common stock at $0.15 per share and includes terms similar to the other Preferred Stock. In addition, related parties advanced the Company $14,700 with no terms.

 

In order for us to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the issuance of these financial statements, we will need to obtain additional debt or equity financing and look for companies with cash flow positive operations that we can acquire. There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure additional debt or equity financing, that we will be able to acquire cash flow positive operations, or that, if we are successful in any of those actions, those actions will produce adequate cash flow to enable us to meet all our future obligations. Most of our existing financing arrangements are short-term. If we are unable to obtain additional debt or equity financing, we may be required to significantly reduce or cease operations.

 

 

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property and equipment and related accumulated depreciation as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 are as follows:

 

                 2018    2017
Property and equipment   $ 3,297,943       3,297,943  
Accumulated depreciation     (571,621 )     (483,876 )
Property and equipment, net   $ 2,726,322       2,814,067  

 

 

Depreciation expense was $87,746 and $87,746 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

F- 37  
 

 

NOTE 5 – DEBT FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

 

Financing arrangements as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 are as follows:  

                  2018               2017
Business loans and advances (1)     $ 110,039       114,016  
Convertible debt (2)       15,000       5,000  
Factoring agreement (3)       78,909       78,909  
Debt – third party     $ 203,948       197,925  
                   
Line of credit, related party secured by assets (4)     $ 3,043,390       3,043,390  
Debt– other related party (5)       4,350,000       4,350,000  
Convertible debt – related party (2)       562,688       312,000  
Shareholder debt (6)       174,600       164,200  
Debt – related party     $ 8,130,678       7,869,590  
                   
Total financing arrangements     $ 8,334,626       8,067,515  
                   
Less current portion:                  
   Debt – third party     $ (198,948 )     (195,106 )
   Debt – related party       (7,778,678 )     (7,807,590 )
        (7,977,626 )     (8,002,696 )
Total long term debt     $ 357,000       64,819  

 

  (1) The terms of $40,000 of this balance are similar to that of the Line of Credit which bears interest at adjustable rates, 4.0% as of June 30, 2018, and is secured by assets of the Company, is due January 31, 2019, as amended, and included 8,000 stock options as part of the terms (see Note 7). The remaining balances generally bear interest at approximately 10%, have maturity dates that are due on demand or are past due, are unsecured and are classified as current in the balance sheets.

 

  (2) During 2017, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in the amount of $67,000 (comprised of $62,000 from two related parties and $5,000 from a former officer of CDH), all which are due May 1, 2020 and bear 6% annual interest (12% default interest rate). The convertible promissory notes are convertible, as amended, at $0.25 per share. During 2016, the Company acquired SDM which consideration included a convertible promissory note for $250,000 due September 30, 2018, does not bear interest, unless delinquent in which the interest is 12% per annum, and is convertible into common stock at $1.00 per share. The SDM balance is $210,688 as of June 30, 2018. During 2018, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in the amount of $290,000 to related parties and $10,000 to a non-related party which bear interest at 6% (11% default interest rate), are due 30 months from issuance and are convertible into Series C Preferred Stock at $1.00 per share. Because the Series C Preferred Stock has a conversion price of $0.15 per share, the issuance of Series C Preferred Stock promissory notes will cause a beneficial conversion feature of approximately $36,000 upon exercise of the convertible promissory notes.

 

  (3) The Factoring Agreement, due January 31, 2019 as amended, was established in June 2016 with a company that is controlled by a shareholder. The Factoring Agreement is such that the Company pays a discount of 2% per each 30-day period for each advance received against accounts receivable or future billings. The Company was advanced funds from the Factoring Agreement for which $78,909 and $78,909 in principal remained unpaid as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

 

  (4) The Line of Credit originated with a bank and was secured by the personal assets of certain shareholders of Copperhead Digital. During 2016, the Line of Credit was assigned to the Copperhead Digital shareholders, who subsequent to the Copperhead Digital acquisition by TPTG became shareholders of TPTG, and the secured personal assets were used to pay off the bank. The Line of Credit bears a variable interest rate based on the 1 Month LIBOR plus 2.0% for amounts up to and including $1,250,000 or plus 3.5% for amounts above $1,250,000, is payable monthly, and is secured by the assets of the Company. 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company have been reserved to accomplish raising the funds to pay off the Line of Credit. Since assignment of the Line of Credit to certain shareholders, which balance on the date of assignment was $2,597,790, those shareholders have loaned the Company $445,600 under the similar terms and conditions as the line of credit but most of which were also given stock options totaling 85,120 (see Note 7) and is due, as amended, January 31, 2019. During the six months ended June 30, 2018, those same shareholders have loaned the Company money in the form of convertible loans of $275,500 described in (2) above.

  

F- 38  
 

 

  (5) $350,000 represents cash due to the prior owners of the technology acquired in December 2016 from the owner of the Lion Phone which is due to be paid as agreed by TPTG and the former owners of the Lion Phone technology and has not been determined. $4,000,000 represents a promissory note included as part of the consideration of ViewMe Live technology acquired in 2017, later agreed to as being due and payable in full, with no interest with $2,000,000 from debt proceeds intended to be obtained in the second or third quarter of 2018 and the remainder from proceeds from the second Company public offering intended to be in 2018.

 

  (6) The shareholder debt represents funds given to TPTG or subsidiaries by officers and managers of the Company as working capital. There are no written terms of repayment or interest that is being accrued to these amounts and they will only be paid back, according to management, if cash flows support it. They are classified as current in the balance sheets.

 

See Lease financing arrangement in Note 8.

 

NOTE 6 - INCOME TAXES

 

The Company has approximately $5,000,000 net operating loss carry forwards as of June 30, 2018, which expire in varying amounts, if unused. Because of the change in ownership of more than 50% of the Company in accordance with Section 382 of the IRS Code, these net operating loss carry forwards may be significantly limited to use in future periods. The federal and state tax returns for the Company have not been filed for the years ended December 31, 2015 through 2017.

 

NOTE 7 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Preferred Stock

 

As of June 30, 2018, we had authorized 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, of which certain shares had been designated as Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.

 

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

 

In February 2015, the Company designated 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series A Preferred Stock.

 

The Series A Preferred Stock was designated in February 2016, has a par value of $.001, is redeemable at the Company’s option at $100 per share, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined, and of an amount equal to $100 per share. Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall, collectively have the right to convert all of their Series A Preferred Stock when conversion is elected into that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company, determined by the following formula: 60% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares as computed immediately after the transaction for conversion. For further clarification, the 60% of the issued and outstanding common shares includes what the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock may already hold in common shares at the time of conversion. The Series A Preferred Stock, collectively, shall have the right to vote as if converted prior to the vote to an amount of shares equal to 60% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company.

 

In February 2015, the Board of Directors authorized the issuance of 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEO and President of the Company, valued at $3,117,000 for compensation expense.

 

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

 

In February 2015, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. There are 2,588,693 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of June 30, 2018.

 

The Series B Preferred Stock was designated in February 2015, has a par value of $.001, is not redeemable, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series B Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any part of the Series B Preferred Shares and will receive and equal amount of common shares at the conversion price of $2.00 per share. The Series B Preferred Stock holders have a right to vote on any matter with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one to one basis.

F- 39  
Table of Contents    

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock

 

In May 2018, the Company designated 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock. There are no shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of June 30, 2018.

 

The Series C Preferred Stock was designated in May 2018, has a par value of $.001, is not redeemable, is senior to any other class or series of outstanding Preferred Stock, except the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock, or Common Stock and does not bear dividends. The Series C Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference immediately after any Senior Securities, as defined and currently the Series A and B Preferred Stock, and of an amount equal to $2.00 per share. Holders of the Series C Preferred Stock have a right to convert all or any part of the Series C Preferred Shares and will receive and equal amount of common shares at the conversion price of $0.15 per share. The Series C Preferred Stock holders have a right to vote on any matter with holders of Common Stock and shall have a number of votes equal to that number of Common Shares on a one to one basis.

 

Common Stock and Capital Contributions

 

As of June 30, 2018, we had authorized 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 136,953,904 common shares are issued and outstanding.

 

Common Stock Contributions Related to Acquisitions

 

Effective November 1 and 3, 2017, an officer of the Company contributed 9,765,000 shares of restricted Common Stock to the Company for the acquisition of Blue Collar and HRS. These shares were subsequently issued as consideration for these acquisitions in November 2017. In March 2018, the HRS acquisition was rescinded and 3,625,000 shares of common stock are being returned by the recipients. The other transaction involved 6,500,000 shares for the acquisition of Blue Collar. In March 2018 and again in August 2018, this transaction was amended to be effective September 1, 2018. As such, as of June 30, 2018 both the 3,265,000 shares for the HRS transaction and the 6,500,000 shares for the Blue Collar transaction are reflected as subscriptions receivable based on their par value.

 

Common Stock Payable for Expenses and Liabilities

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2018, the Company entered into a two year agreement for legal services. The agreement provided for 4,000,000 shares of restricted common stock to be issued. 2,000,000 to be issued for previous legal services upon execution of the agreement in March 2018 and the remaining 2,000,000 in the form of stock options to purchase common stock at $0.10 per share, of which the stock options would vest equally over 18 months. The value of the Company’s common stock upon execution of the agreement was $0.125 per share, or $250,000 which was recorded as professional expenses during 2018. See stock options and warrants discussion below for the value of the 2,000,000 stock options

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2018, the Company also entered into a twelve month general consulting agreement with a third party to provide general business advisory services to be rendered through March 30, 2019 for 1,000,000 restricted shares of common stock and 1,000,000 options to purchase restricted common shares at $0.10 per share for 36 months from the time of grant. The fair value of the common shares granted was based on the Company’s stock price of $0.155 per share, or $155,000 of which $43,057 was expensed during the period for the portion of service term complete as of June 30, 2018.

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2018, the Company entered into a consulting agreement for market services for which it granted 2,500,000 shares of restricted common stock and will pay $50,000. The per share value used was the Company’s closing stock price of $0.1297 on the date of the agreement, or a total of $324,250. The shares are considered earned over six month of services beginning June 1, 2018. $54,042 of expense per month will be recorded representing the value of the shares on the consummation date of the agreement amortized over six months or the time of services.

 

For these three agreements, the underlying stock for the stock options are intended to come from the contribution of stock by an officer of the Company. During the six months ended June 30, 2018, the Company recorded $347,099 as stock-based compensation related to these agreements. For future periods, the remaining value of the stock totaling $381,722 will be amortized into the statement of operations consistent with the period for which the services will be rendered, which is two years for the legal agreement and one year for the general consulting agreement.

 

During the six months ended June 31, 2018, 16,667 of common shares were subscribed to for a payable on the balance sheet of $2,000.

F- 40  
 

 

Stock Subscriptions Payable for Cash

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2018, 3,675,000 restricted shares of Common Stock were subscribed to from investors for $367,500 or $0.10 per share, which stock will be contributed by an officer of the Company as a capital contribution. As the shares have not yet been contributed as of June 30, 2018, they are reflected as subscriptions payable at that time. The shares were contributed subsequent to June 30, 2018.

 

Stock Options and Warrants

We do not have any warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2018.

Stock options to purchase approximately 3,093,120 shares of common stock of the Company are outstanding as of June 30, 2018 related to debt issuances (see Note 5) at prices ranging from $0.05 to $0.22 per share.

 

In addition, the company granted through consulting arrangements primarily for legal work and general business support that included the issuance of stock options to purchase 3,000,000 options to purchase common shares at $0.10 per share, 1,000,000 of which is fully vested and 2,000,000 which will vest over 18 months from date of grant. All these stock options have an exercise period of 24 to 36 months. The black-scholes model was used to value the stock options. The inputs included the following:

 

(1)  Dividend yield of 0%
(2)  expected annual volatility of 318% - 322%
(3)  discount rate of 2.29% to 2.3%
(4)  expected life of 2 years, and
(5)  estimated fair value of the Company’s common $0.125 to $0.155 per share.

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2018, the Company recorded $83,554 as stock-based compensation related to the stock options and the related service period for which services have been rendered. For future periods, the remaining value of the stock options totaling approximately $313,302 will be amortized into the statement of operations consistent with the period for which the services will be rendered, which is two years for the legal agreement and one year for the general consulting agreement.

The following is a summary of all stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2018:

Grant Purpose   Grant Date     Number       Exercise Price     Expiration Date     Vesting  
Part of debt issuance terms   Various prior to 2018     93,120       $0.05 to $0.22     12-31-2019     100 %
Consulting   3-21-2018     1,000,000     $ 0.10     3-20-2021     100 %
Legal services   3-1-2018     2,000,000     $ 0.10     2-28-2020     Monthly equally over 18 months from grant  

 

Common Stock Reservations

The Company has reserved 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company for the purpose of raising funds to be used to pay off debt described in Note 5.

 

We have reserved 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company to grant to certain employee and consultants as consideration for services rendered and that will be rendered to the Company.

   

F- 41  
Table of Contents    

 

NOTE 8 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Lease Obligations

 

Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

 

Obligation   2018   2019   Total
Telecom Equipment Finance (2)   $ —         449,103     $ 449,103  
Equipment Lease (3)     —         101,347       101,347  
Vehicles Leases     1,498       —         1,498  
Total   $ 1,498       550,450     $ 551,948  

 

(1) The Telecom Equipment Lease is with an entity owned and controlled by shareholders of the Company and is due January 31, 2019, as amended.

(2) The Equipment Lease requires payments of $3,702 per month and is in default. See discussion below.

Other Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has employment agreements with certain employees of SDM and K Telecom. The agreements are such that SDM and K Telecom, on a standalone basis in each case, must provide sufficient cash flow to financially support the financial obligations within the employment agreements.

 

In December 2016, a subsidiary’s landlord agreed to terminate a facilities lease for 150,000 restricted shares of Common Stock valued at $43,350 from a capital contribution of an officer of the Company. Subsequent to the agreement, the landlord requested more shares against the Company’s agreement. As such, $40,404 remains in liabilities payable to the landlord and the $43,350 was expensed as rent previously. The matter is still unresolved. Management does not believe any negative resolution will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

The company has been named in a lawsuit by a former employee who was terminated by management in 2016. The employee was working under an employment agreement but was terminated for breach of the agreement. The former employee is suing for breach of contract and is seeking around $75,000 in back pay and benefits. Management believes it has good and meritorious defenses and does not believe the outcome of the lawsuit will have any material effect on the financial position of the Company.

 

In December 2017, the Company learned that the new equipment lease identified in Note 8 for $101,348 was included in a default judgement in a non-jurisdictional state of Pennsylvania for $169,474 from a lawsuit by the lessor. Management is working with the lessor to settle this matter including a proposal for the equipment to be returned to the lessor and then a negotiated amount for any deficiency between the value given for the retired equipment and the $101,348. When concluded, management does not believe the results will be significantly different than the liability of $101,348 and accrued fees and interest of $20,515 recorded.

 

As of June 30, 2018, the company has collected $338,725 from one customer in excess of amounts due from that customer in accordance with the customer’s understanding of the appropriate billings activity. The customer has filed a written demand for repayment by the Company of amounts owed. Management believes that the customer agreement allows them to keep the amounts under dispute. Given the dispute, the Company has reflected the amounts in dispute as a customer liability on the consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2018 and does not believe the outcome of the dispute will have a material effect on the financial position of the Company.

 

NOTE 9 – RELATED PARTY ACTIVITY

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company paid on behalf of Stephen Thomas, Chairman, CEO and President of the Company, approximately $30,000 in rent and utility payments for space being used as corporate office space.

 

There are shares issuances and capital contributions from an officer of the Company. See Note 7. Also, there are debt and lease balances outstanding due to shareholders of the Company. See Notes 5 and 7.

 

 

F- 42  
Table of Contents    

 

On April 17, 2018, the CEO of the Company, Stephen Thomas, signed an agreement with New Orbit Technologies, S.A.P.I. de C.V., a Mexican corporation, (“New Orbit”), majority owned and controlled by Stephen Thomas, related to a license agreement for the distribution of TPT licensed products, software and services related to Lion Phone and ViewMe Live within Mexico and Latin America (“License Agreement”). The License Agreement provides for New Orbit to receive a fully paid-up, royalty-free, non-transferable license for perpetuity with termination only under situations such as bankruptcy, insolvency or material breach by either party and provides for New Orbit to pay the Company fees equal to 50% of net income generated from the applicable activities. The transaction was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors in June 2018. There has been no activity on this agreement.

 

NOTE 10 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

Goodwill and intangible assets are comprised of the following:

 

June 30, 2018

 

    Gross carrying amount   Accumulated Amortization   Net Book Value   Useful Life
Customer Base   $ 1,422,100       (1,422,100 )     —         3  
Developed Technology   $ 6,105,600       (719,866 )     5,385,734       9  
Goodwill   $ 70,995       —         70,995       —    

29,

December 31, 2017

 

    Gross carrying amount   Accumulated Amortization   Net Book Value   Useful Life
Customer Base   $ 1,422,100       (1,392,102 )     29,998       3  
Developed Technology   $ 6,105,600       (380,666 )     5,724,934       9  
Goodwill   $ 70,995       —         70,995       —    

 

  

NOTE 11 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement dated November 3, 2017, but to be effective September 1, 2018 through subsequent amendments, with Blue Collar Inc. (“Blue Collar”), a Media Production and California Corporation and its shareholders, as amended on February 9 and March 29, 2018, to acquire 100% of the outstanding ownership of Blue Collar, including equipment, furniture and other assets, for 6,500,000 shares of restricted Common Stock and $1,600,000 in a Seller loan that is to be paid within eight months of September 1, 2018 and bears annual interest of 3% (12% interest upon default). The August 2018 amendment changed the closing date to September 1, 2018. For the year ended January 31, 2018 (their fiscal year), Blue Collar generated $2,600,000 in revenue and approximately $70,000 in pretax income.

 

Subsequent to June 30, 2018, shareholders extended loans to the Company in the amount of approximately $92,700 into debt that is convertible one dollar into one share of stock of Series C Preferred Stock that has been designated convertible into common stock at $0.15 per share and includes terms similar to the other Preferred Stock.

 

In August 2018, a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Company voted through a consent resolution to support a consent resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company to add two new directors to the Board. As such, Arkady Shkolnik and Reginald Thomas were added as members of the Board of Directors. The total members of the Board of Directors after this addition is four. In accordance with agreements with the Company for his services as a director, Mr. Shkolnik is to receive $25,000 per quarter and 5,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately $687,500 vesting quarterly over twenty four months. The quarterly cash payments of $25,000 will be paid in unrestricted common shares if the Company has not been funded adequately to make such payments. Mr. Thomas is to receive $10,000 per quarter and 1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately $119,000 vesting quarterly over twenty four months. The quarterly payment of $10,000 may be suspended by the Company if the Company has not been adequately funded.

 

 

 

 

 

F- 43  
Table of Contents    

f. SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Not applicable.

 

g. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Not applicable.

 

h. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and notes thereto included herein. In connection with, and because we desire to take advantage of, the "safe harbor" provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, we caution readers regarding certain forward-looking statements in the following discussion and elsewhere in this report and in any other statement made by, or on our behalf, whether or not in future filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Forward-looking statements are statements not based on historical information and which relate to future operations, strategies, financial results or other developments. Forward looking statements are necessarily based upon estimates and assumptions that are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control and many of which, with respect to future business decisions, are subject to change. These uncertainties and contingencies can affect actual results and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by, or on our behalf. We disclaim any obligation to update forward-looking statements.

 

We generate revenues primarily through operating as a Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (“CLEC”) in Arizona as a distributor of cell phones and telecommunications equipment and as a provider of ecommerce and cloud solutions in the western United States.

 

Our operating divisions historically have been those that sale telecommunications services and those that sale telecommunications products. Cloud based services were acquired in 2016 and will be more of a contributing factor to revenues in 2017 and forward.

 

Our primary revenues in 2016, 2017 and 2018 are primarily from telecommunications services and products.

 

Our plan of operations for the next 12 months is as follows:

 

MILESTONES

 

4 th Quarter 2018
 
  Expand Sales of products and services organically and through acquisitions.
Raise additional capital through offering of common stock or loans to support sales growth strategy.
     
1 st Quarter 2019   Sales expansion through Media, Telecom, SaaS, and Content Product Releases
     
2 nd Quarter 2019   Expansion of national and international sales
     
3 rd Quarter 2019   Additional acquisitions and development costs marketing capital to launch our mobile banking division

 

66  
Table of Contents    

 

Results of Operations

 

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 Compared to the Six Months Ended June 30, 2017

 

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2018, we recognized total revenues of $439,229 compared to the prior period of $1,305,538. We incurred a decrease in revenues for Copperhead Digital during 2018 from a decrease in customers compared to the prior period. Revenues from Copperhead Digital have decreased from the loss of certain large customers and the lack of capital to properly execute marketing activities of capital. This decrease in revenues is expected to continue until the Company has sufficient access to capital or loans to properly execute marketing activities.

Gross profit (loss) for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was ($81,230) compared to $326,801 for the prior period. The decrease of $408,031 pertained primarily to decrease in Copperhead Digital revenue.

During the six months ended June 30, 2018, we recognized $1,866,015 in expenses compared to $1,632,224 for the prior period. The change results primarily from $430,651 in stock-based compensation during the current period.

During the six months ended June 30, 2018, we recognized a net loss of $2,025,786 compared to $1,383,093 for the prior period. The increase in the net loss of $642,693 was a result of the decrease in gross profits resulting from a decrease in revenues from Copperhead Digital and the stock-based compensation during the current period.

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we recognized total revenues of $2,115,160 compared to the prior period of $2,766,730. We incurred a decrease in revenues for Copperhead Digital during 2017 compared to the prior period offset by an increase in revenues from the acquisition of SDM during the fourth quarter of 2016.

 

Gross profit (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2017 was ($49,109) compared to $939,955 for the prior period. The decrease of $989,064 pertained primarily to decreases in Copperhead Digital revenue.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we recognized $3,112,436 in expenses compared to $5,296,995 for the prior period. The decrease of $2,184,559 was primarily a result of stock-based compensation in 2016 of $2,541,881 offset by an increase in amortization of $275,325.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we recognized a net loss of $3,807,401 compared to $4,463,199 for the prior period. The decrease of $655,798 was a result of stock compensation expense in the prior period offset by an increase in interest expense of $39,379, increase of amortization of $275,325 and an impairment expense of $471,083 of intangibles based on the Company’s evaluation of recoverability.

  

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Cash flows generated from operating activities were not enough to support all working capital requirements for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017. Financing activities described below, have helped with working capital and other capital requirements. We incurred $2,025,786 and $1,383,093, respectively, in losses, and we used $635,176 and $250,663, respectively, in cash for operations for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017. Cash flows from financing activities were $632,916 and $238,070 for the same periods. 

 

Cash flows generated from operating activities were not enough to support all working capital requirements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. Financing activities described below, have helped with working capital and other capital requirements. We incurred $3,807,401 and $4,463,199, respectively, in losses, and we used $750,408 and $352,792, respectively, in cash for operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. Cash flows from financing activities were $693,502 and $269,880 for the same periods. 

 

Subsequent to June 30, 2018, shareholders extended loans to the Company in the amount of approximately $166,800 into debt that is convertible one dollar into one share of sock of Series C Preferred Stock that has been designated convertible into common stock at $0.15 per share and includes terms similar to the other Preferred Stock. In addition, related parties advanced the Company $33,700 with no terms. Another $10,000 loan was extended from a third-party, with interest at 6% and a due date of September 22, 2018. It is now in default with an interest rate of 11% . On September 1, 2018, the Company closed on its acquisition of Blue Collar. Part of the acquisition included a promissory note of $1,600,000 which does not include interest and is due May 1, 2019. The promissory note is secured by the assets of Blue Collar.

67  
 

 

A summary of material terms of our debt as of June 30, 2018 is as follows: 

    Balance   Rate   Due Date   Past Due   Conversion   Secured
Third party debt:                                            
Business loans and advances   $ 110,039       4-10 %annual     (1 )   $ 65,192       None     Company assets
Convertible Debt     15,000       6 %annual     5-1-20     $ 10,000       Convertible at $0.15 to $0.25 per share     Company assets
Factoring Agreement     78,909       2 %/month     Past Due     $ 78,909       None     None
Total third party debt   $ 203,948                                    
                                             
Related party debt:                                            
 Line of Credit   $ 3,043,390       2.75 %annual     (1 )     None       None     Company assets
 Debt (Matrixsites)(4)     4,000,000       0 %     (2 )     None       None     ViewMe Live assets
 Debt (Lion Phone)     350,000       0 %     None       None       None     None
Convertible Debt     562,688       4-6 %annual     1-31-19 to various in 2020 and 2021       $10,000       Convertible at $0.15 to $0.25 per share     Company assets
Shareholder Debt     174,600       0 %     None       None       None     None
Total related party debt   $ 8,130,678                                      
                                             
Total financing arrangements(3)   $ 8,334,626                                      

 

(1) Subsequently amended to August 31, 2019, except for past due balances.

(2) $2,000,000 from debt proceeds and $2,000,000 from the second Company public offering.

(3) On September 1, 2018, the Company closed on its acquisition of Blue Collar. Part of the acquisition included a promissory note of $1,600,000 which does not include interest and is due May 1, 2019. The promissory note is secured by the assets of Blue Collar.

(4) Matrixsites debt of $4,000,000 does not bear interest, is not convertible and is payable $2,000,000 from debt proceeds and $2,000,000 from the second Company public offering and has a security interest in the assets that were acquired.

 

Consequences of not repaying the Blue Collar $1,600,000 debt and the Matrixsites $4,000,000 debt are outlined in the security agreements which are the following:

 

The lender (seller) may foreclose on the assets in the event of default of non-payment or other default and may bid in the assets at foreclosure at less than the debt. This could have the practical effect of taking away the assets pledged, through the foreclosure and, may leave a deficiency under the note, which would mean the company would have none of the assets and still retain liability for an unknown amount, and have no business related to these acquisitions.

68  
Table of Contents    

 

In order for us to continue as a going concern, we will need to obtain additional debt or equity financing and look for companies with cash flow positive operations that we can acquire. There can be no assurance that we will be able to secure additional debt or equity financing, that we will be able to acquire cash flow positive operations, or that, if we are successful in any of those actions, those actions will produce adequate cash flow to enable us to meet all our future obligations. Most of our existing financing arrangements are short-term. If we are unable to obtain additional debt or equity financing, we may be required to significantly reduce or cease operations.

 

We expect to need $16,500,000 in capital or loans to complete our plans and operations. Our sources of capital are loans and sales of equity from common or preferred stock. We have no commitments for loans or equity sales at this date.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue Recognition Policy

 

We have been recognizing revenue in prior years when the following four basic criteria have been met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the fee is fixed or determinable and (4) collection is reasonably assured. On a going forward basis, we will follow the New Revenue Standard with the following five criteria as part of our process 1) identify the contract, 2) identify separate performance obligations, 3) determine the transaction price, 4) allocate the transaction price among the performance obligations, and 5) recognize revenue when the performance obligations are satisfied.

 

Revenue generated from product sales, cell phones and telecommunications equipment, is recognized as revenue upon transfer of the title and risk of loss of the products to third-party customers, less a reserve for estimated product returns and other incentive arrangements including rebates.

 

Revenue generated from sales of telecommunications services are recognized as the transaction with the customer is considered closed and begins receiving and accepts the services that were the result of the transaction.

 

For products that include installation, if the installation meets the criteria to be considered a separate element, product revenue is recognized upon delivery, and installation revenue is recognized when the installation is complete. For sales that include customer-specified acceptance criteria, revenue is recognized after the acceptance criteria have been met. Certain of our products require specialized installation. Revenue for these products is deferred until installation is completed. Revenue from services is deferred and recognized over the contractual period, or as services are rendered and accepted by the customer. Some of our sales transactions qualify as multiple-element arrangements which require us to identify separate units of accounting within the arrangement and allocate the transaction consideration across these separate accounting units. For arrangements that include non-software elements, the transaction’s consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on its relative selling price. When applying the relative selling price method, the selling price of each deliverable is determined based upon the following hierarchy of evidence: vendor-specific objective evidence, which is generally based upon historical prices in stand-alone transactions; third-party evidence, which is generally based on market data on sales of similar products and services, if available; and management’s best estimate of selling price. Management’s best estimate of selling price is generally based upon the following considerations: stand-alone sales prices, established price lists, costs to produce and profit margins for similar products.

 

For cloud-based solutions, we use the relative fair value method to allocate transaction consideration to each unit of accounting, whereby the evidence used in the determination of fair value estimates are based solely on vendor specific objective evidence. To the extent that vendor specific objective evidence does not exist for delivered elements of the transaction, we apply the residual method.

 

On January 1, 2018, we adopted the new accounting standard ASC 606,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers , and all of the related amendments (“New Revenue Standard”). In our evaluations and in adopting the modified retrospective approach for contracts and revenue in general, there was no difference in our revenue recognition practices upon adoption that resulted in adjustments material to the consolidated financial statements. We expect the impact of the adoption of the New Revenue Standard to continue to be immaterial on an ongoing basis. The majority of our revenue continues to be recognized per our policy described above.

 

69  
Table of Contents    

 

Share-based Compensation

 

We are required to measure and recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards (including stock options) made to employees and directors based on estimated fair value. Compensation expense for equity-classified awards is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as an expense in earnings over the requisite service period.

 

We record compensation expense related to non-employees that are awarded stock in conjunction with selling goods or services and recognize compensation expenses over the vesting period of such awards.

 

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which amends ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation. This ASU requires that most of the guidance related to stock compensation granted to employees be followed for non-employees, including the measurement date, valuation approach, and performance conditions. The expense is recognized in the same period as though cash were paid for the good or service. The effective date is the first quarter of fiscal year 2020, with early adoption permitted, including in interim periods. The ASU has been adopted using a modified-retrospective transition approach. The adoption is not considered to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in our income tax provision in the period of enactment.

 

We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent that we believe that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations, including taxable income in carryback periods. If we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce our income tax provision.

 

We account for uncertain tax positions using a “more-likely-than-not” recognition threshold. We evaluate uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis and consider various factors, including, but not limited to, changes in tax law, the measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in tax returns, the effective settlement of matters subject to audit, new audit activity and changes in facts or circumstances related to a tax position.

 

During November 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17, ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes. ASU 2015-17 requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as non-current in a statement of financial position. We adopted ASU 2015-17 effective December 31, 2015.

 

It is our policy to record costs associated with interest and penalties related to tax in the selling, general and administrative line of the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill relates to amounts that arose in connection with our various business combinations and represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible net assets when accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to periodic review for impairment.

We test goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives at the reporting unit level for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests, if events and circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Events that would indicate potential impairment and trigger an interim impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, current economic and market conditions, including a decline in market capitalization, a significant adverse change in legal factors, business climate or operational performance of the business and an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.

In performing the annual goodwill impairment test, we utilize the two-step approach. The first step, or Step 1, requires a comparison of the carrying value of each reporting unit to its estimated fair value. To estimate the fair value of our reporting units for Step 1, we use a combination of the income approach, the market comparable approach and the market transaction approach. The income approach is based on a discounted cash flow analysis, or DCF approach, and calculates the fair value

70  
Table of Contents    

 

by estimating the after-tax cash flows attributable to a reporting unit and then discounting the after-tax cash flows to a present value, using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Assumptions used in the DCF approach require the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates and terminal values, growth rates and the amount and timing of expected future cash flows. The forecasted cash flows are based on our most recent operating activities and assumed growth rates. We believe our assumptions are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage the underlying businesses. The discount rates, which are intended to reflect the risks inherent in future cash flow projections, used in the DCF approach are based on estimates of the weighted-average cost of capital, or WACC, of market participants relative to each respective reporting unit. The market approaches consider comparable and transactional market data based on multiples of revenue or earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, based on trading multiples of selected guidelines companies and deal multiples of selected target companies.

 

If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, we are required to perform the second step, or Step 2, of the annual goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the reporting unit and the estimated fair value of its assets and liabilities. To the extent this amount is below the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded to write down the carrying value to its implied value. As of December 31, 2017, we performed evaluations that resulted in $471,083 of impairments of intangible assets.

Impairment charges related to goodwill, if any, have no impact on our cash balances.

Impairment of Other Long-lived Tangible and Intangible Assets

Our intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships and developed technology. The majority of our intangible assets were recorded in connection with our various business combinations. Our intangible assets are recorded at fair value at the time of their acquisition. We amortize intangible assets over their estimated useful lives.

The estimated useful lives of the individual categories of intangible assets were based on the nature of the applicable intangible asset and the expected future cash flows to be derived from the intangible asset. Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives is recognized over the shorter of the respective lives of the agreement or the period of time the intangible assets are expected to contribute to future cash flows. We amortize our finite-lived intangible assets based on patterns on which the respective economic benefits are expected to be realized. We amortize the

majority of our intangible assets on a straight-line basis from three to nine years, as this methodology most closely approximates the pattern of economic benefits for these assets.

We evaluate long-lived tangible and intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If indicators of impairment are present with respect to long-lived tangible and intangible assets used in operations and undiscounted future cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover the assets’ carrying amount, additional analysis is performed as appropriate and the carrying value of the long-lived assets is reduced to the estimated fair value, if this is lower, and an impairment loss is charged to expense in the period the impairment is identified. Factors we generally consider important which could trigger an impairment review on the carrying value of other long-lived tangible and intangible assets include the following: (1) significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, (2) significant changes in the manner of our use of acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, (3) underutilization of our tangible assets, (4) discontinuance of product lines by ourselves or our customers, (5) significant negative industry or economic trends, (6) significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period, (7) significant decline in our market capitalization relative to net book value and (8) goodwill impairment identified during an impairment review.

Business Acquisitions

Our business acquisitions have historically been made at prices above the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, resulting in goodwill or some identifiable intangible. Significant judgment is required in estimating the fair value of intangible assets and in assigning their respective useful lives. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management but are inherently uncertain.

We generally employ the income method to estimate the fair value of intangible assets, which is based on forecasts of the expected future cash flows attributable to the respective assets. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants and include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), the underlying product life cycles, economic barriers to entry, a brand’s relative market position and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.

Net assets acquired are recorded at their fair value and are subject to adjustment upon finalization of the fair value analysis.  

 

71  
Table of Contents    

Research and Development

Our research and development programs focus on telecommunications products and services. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Any payments received from external parties to fund our research and development activities reduce the recorded research and development expenses.

 

i. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable.

 

j. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Not applicable.

 

k. DIRECTORS and EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

Name Age Position Term
Stephen J. Thomas, III 53 President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board Annual
Richard Eberhardt 60 Executive Vice-President and Director Annual
Arkady Shkolnik 54 Director Annual
Reginald Thomas 53 Director Annual
Gary Cook 60 Chief Financial Officer Annual
Stacie Stricker 45 Corporate Secretary and Controller Annual

 

 

Stephen J. Thomas, III – President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

 

Mr. Thomas was appointed President, CEO and Chairman of the Board of TPT Global Tech, Inc. on August 11, 2014. Previously, Mr. Thomas was Manager of TPT Group, LLC (2015-2017) and Director of TPT Group, Inc. (2011-2014). Mr. Thomas was founder, CEO and Director of Trans Pacific Telecom, Inc. from 2000-2011 and prior to that was president and CEO of New Orbit Communications (1999-2001). In 2002, as CEO of Trans Pacific Telecom Group, Mr. Thomas was featured on CBS MarketWatch for winning “Product of the Year Award for 2002” VIVOware at the Internet Telephony Conference and Expo an event focused on voice, video, fax and data convergence. During his employment with New Orbit, Mr. Thomas worked extensively throughout Latin America, gaining extensive expertise and resources in the international telecom marketplace. Mr. Thomas has also served as Director of Network Optimization/Validation for WorldxChange Communications, one of the largest privately held facilities-based telecommunications company with headquarters in San Diego, California and international operations all over the globe. His responsibilities included Cost Assurance for expenses. As a matter of disclosure, in 2005 Mr. Thomas was an ISP equipment provider to Access Point Africa (“APA”). APA allowed its license to expire in Sierra Leone, and as a result APA and several individuals were alleged to have violated the Sierra Leone Telecommunications Act by operating an unlicensed internet access point. Mr. Thomas was charged as well as for the offense which bears a fine of up to $3,000 but the charge is unresolved at this time, but he intends to resolve it in the next several months.

 

Mr. Thomas attended Northeastern University majoring in Finance and Management (1984 to 1987).

 

Richard Eberhardt- Executive Vice- President and Director

 

Mr. Eberhardt was appointed Executive Vice-President and Director of TPT Global Tech, Inc. on October 10, 2014. Mr. Eberhardt also serves as Chief Executive Officer of Copperhead Digital Holdings, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of TPT Global, Inc. Previously, Mr. Eberhardt served CEO/COO of Pacific Bio Medical, a Durable Medical Equipment provider, located in Phoenix, Arizona (2008-2012). From 2012-2015, Mr. Eberhardt served as Consultant and Sales Director for two telecommunications companies, Fathom Voice and Ipitomy located in Indiana and Florida, respectively. Founding member of a telecommunications firm, WorldxChange, located in San Diego, CA. (1989-2001) With WorldxChange, he researched, designed, and implemented start-up business sales and marketing models resulting in wholesale, commercial, and consumer revenue channels. He opened and operated offices in approximately 23 countries. He created and managed channels with 25K+ agents and $15M in monthly revenue.

 

We believe his management experience is valuable to our company because he is an experienced sales and business development executive with strong business acumen and more than thirty years of experience leading sales and marketing

72  
Table of Contents    

operations. He has managed growth and revenue expansion through effective management of accounts and consultative sales approach that aligns the interests of all parties.

 

He has sought, and negotiated, partnerships and asset management agreements across multiple channels, including wholesale telecom providers (AT&T, Verizon, Global Crossing, and Worldcom). He has managed structured methodologies that combined strengths of marketing, sales, and operations to reduce redundancies, improve order-processing times, and streamline business flow. He has experience in reviving product lines with rebranding and repackaging, as well as created communications bundles, and incentive programs to maximize existing client penetration and drive vertical growth.

 

Arkady Shkolnik – Director

 

Mr. Shkolnik was appointed a Director of TPT Global Tech, Inc. on August 15, 2018. Mr. Shkolnik has over 25 years of senior-level management experience in the Semiconductor, Wireless and Telecommunications industry. He is currently VP EMEA of Sales with Qualcomm (2010 – present). In addition to being a leader at Qualcom, Mr. Shkolnik served on the Board of Advisors at Zeevo Technology, Inc, (2009 to 2012) leading up to their acquisition by Broadcom and brings extensive experience in global business development, sales, marketing, product management and strategic account management to TPT Global’s already diverse board. From 2006 until 2010, Mr. Shkolnik was Vice President, EMEA Sales & Business Development of PacketVideo Corporation. Previous experience includes Executive Vice President, Sales & Business Development of Quorum Systems (2005-2006), Vice President, Sales & Business Development of Broadcom (acquired by Widcomm) from 2000-2005, and Director of Sales, North America Wireless ASIC Business Unit at Philips Semiconductors/VLSI Technology from 1991-2000.

 

Mr. Shkolnik has developed and managed strategic OEM and semiconductor relationships globally. Aligning sales and marketing functions with corporate objectives, he has negotiated and secured over ~100 License, Technology and CSA agreements with customers such as Samsung, LG, Sony, Panasonic, HTC, BlackBerry, Microsoft, IBM, HP, Dell, Compaq, Logitech, TDK, Acer, TI, Philips, STM, Broadcom, CSR, Toyota, Panasonic, ZTE, and others.

 

Mr. Shkolnik attended Temple University where he received a Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc.), Electrical and Electronics Engineering Skills & Endorsements (1984).

 

Reginald Thomas – Director

 

Mr. Thomas was appointed a Director of TPT Global Tech, Inc. on August 15, 2018. He has over 20 years of experience working for technology companies where he is an accomplished business leader driving world class customer and partner experiences though the delivery of innovative software products and solutions for leading global companies.  Specific results include:

Cisco: (July 2018 - present) As Partner Delivery Executive he supports 3 of Cisco’s largest Multi National Partners- IBM US IBM Canada, and Presidio. He aligned these Partners go to market strategy with Cisco’s shifting business strategy to influence more than $15M in services sales in the last 14 months.

 

Cisco: (2007 - 2017) As the Sr. Product Manager he owned Cisco’s Services Portal strategy, the UX Strategy, the build, and adoption of Cisco’s Services Portal. Under his direction it grew from 2 to 24 integrated service offers delivering a seamless customer and partner experience.

 

Openwave: (2001 - 2007) IT Director of Program Management- through his leadership he designed the foundation for the Program Management Office that managed the upgrades to mission critical databases requiring the management of highly technical resources; multiple applications delivery from concept to development, companywide roll outs for ERP systems, and Merger & Acquisition consolidation.

 

Lucent /Avaya: (1997 - 2001) E- Commerce Product and Strategy Lead where he had global responsibility for Lucent’s online Partner Portal. He e- enabled Lucent to transition $10M of Distributor order revenue to a seamless online experience realizing significant savings in the cost per order.

 

Mr Thomas graduated from the University of Connecticut in 1988 with a BS in Business.

 

73  
Table of Contents    

 

Gary Cook – Chief Financial Officer

 

Mr. Cook was appointed Chief Financial Officer of TPT Global Tech, Inc. on November 1, 2017. Mr. Cook has served as chief financial officer, secretary or treasurer for several small to medium size public and private companies in various industries for over 25 years including providing Chief Financial Officer services for several companies on a contract basis (2008-2017), in addition to full time employment with eVision USA.com, Inc. (1996-2002), Cognigen Networks, Inc. (2003-2008), and SolaRover, Inc. (2009-2015). Prior to this, Mr. Cook worked in the auditing department for KPMG in both the New Orleans, LA and Denver, CO offices for 12 years. 

 


His experience includes companies from start-ups to multimillion dollar international operating companies in the internet marketing, software development, medical device, alternative energy, telecommunications, securities broker/dealer, private equity and manufacturing industries. While working with KPMG, Mr. Cook worked in other industries such as oil & gas, oil & gas services, cable, theatre exhibition, mining, banking, construction and not-for-profit. 


Mr. Cook has a broad experience in accounting, finance, human resources, legal, insurance, contracts, banking relations, shareholder relations, internal controls, SEC matters, financial reporting and other corporate administrative and governance matters for both private and public companies. Mr. Cook has held Series 7, 24, 27 and 63 licenses from FINRA successor to the NASD. 

 

Mr. Cook attended and graduated from Brigham Young University between 1979 and 1982. He is a certified public accountant and licensed with the State of Colorado.

 

Stacie Stricker – Corporate Secretary and Controller

 

Ms. Stricker was appointed Corporate Secretary and Controller of TPT Global Tech, Inc. on October 10, 2014.

 

For nearly twenty years, Ms. Stricker has served as a senior-level financial operations leader and business partner in the telecommunications industry with companies such as Star Telecommunications, Telstra USA, and Acceris Communications. To make the best use of her significant experience in internal Corporate Controller roles, Ms. Stricker launched 2S Accounting Services in 2012. At 2S, Ms. Stricker and her team built strong relationships with specially selected clients and develop adaptable and efficient solutions to their business and accounting challenges.

 

In addition to being a passionate and decisive organizational leader with experience transforming business units to deliver profitability and value, Ms. Stricker is experienced in accounting and all facets of financial operations, system and staff development, process development and internal control maintenance, strategy development and high performance team management. She is also a long-standing member of the National Association of Credit Manager’s Telecom Industry Group.

 

Ms. Stricker completed her undergraduate work at the University of California, Santa Barbara in 1994 and received her MBA from Pepperdine University in 2008. Additionally, in 2010, Ms. Stricker completed the Certificate of Public Accounting program at the University of California, Santa Barbara.

  

KEY EMPLOYEES OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

Steve Caudle - CEO Cloud Services

Steve Caudle has been in the technology field for 31 years and brings significant operations and technology development experiences to TPT Global Tech, Inc. Mr. Caudle began his career at the IBM “Think Tank” and Fairchild/National Semiconductor located in Silicon Valley California. Steve then moved on to work for the Department of Defense for eighteen years and specialized in code writing and software applications. Steve moved to the private sector and was the Chief Information Officer (CIO) at North Face Corporation and then moved to become the Executive VP of ZDTV (renamed TechTV) and then became C-NET now owned by CBS.

 

Robert Haas, CEO of Levi Strauss, contracted Mr. Caudle as an executive consultant where he was placed in charge of relocating their data center from San Francisco, California to Dallas, Texas (1988).

 

Subsequently, Mr. Caudle joined ESST, where he was the CIO. ESST was a public company. Steve Caudle then joined Mr. Fred Chan, CEO of ESST in starting a new company called Vialta, Inc. Mr. Caudle was again the CIO and the number two person in charge of Vialta. Vialta designed DVD laser decoder chips that were used in many DVD players in the world. Vialta grew the company from 3 employees to over 4,000 in just five months and over $1.2 billion in revenue while he was there.

74  
Table of Contents    

 

Upon leaving Vialta, Mr. Caudle started his own software development company called Matrixsites. Matrixsites has developed software and applications for a variety of companies such as Federal Express, Wells Fargo Bank, Bank of America, Apple, Pixar, ITV Guide and China Mobile.

Mr. Caudle received his Bachelors of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering from San Jose State University in 1977 and holds one U.S. Patent.

 

Mark Rowen- CEO Media Division

 

Mark Rowen is a seasoned executive with over 25 years in the film and television business. In 2000, Mr. Rowen founded Blue Collar Productions, Inc., an entity with which we entered into an acquisition agreement in November 2017 and amended in February 2018, where he remains President today. Blue Collar is a leader in the creation of original live action and animated content and has produced hundreds of hours of material for the television, theatrical, home entertainment and new media markets. Mr. Rowen works closely with all of the major television networks, cable channels and film studios to produce home entertainment products.

 

Mr. Rowen also works with a wide array of notable filmmakers including Steven Spielberg, Ron Howard, Brett Ratner and James Cameron to name a few. Mr. Rowen also has very close working relationships with actors including Tom Hanks, Brad Pitt, Julia Roberts, Robert Downey, Jr., Denzel Washington, Ryan Gosling, Sofia Vergara, Mariska Hargitay and many others.

 

Prior to starting Blue Collar Productions, Mr. Rowen functioned as the head of home entertainment production for DreamWorks SKG from 1997 to 2000. He also serves as the President of Long Leash Entertainment, an aggregator of entertainment based intellectual property and creator of high end entertainment content.

 

Mr. Rowen is a graduate of the University of California, Los Angeles. He is also actively involved in charitable organizations including Stand Up 2 Cancer , The Joyful Heart Foundation , Save The Children , and other philanthropic endeavors in the arts.

  

Conflicts of Interest – General.

 

Our directors and officers are, or may become, in their individual capacities, officers, directors, controlling shareholders and/or partners of other entities engaged in a variety of non-profit and for-profit organizations. Thus, there exist potential conflicts of interest including, among other things, time, efforts and corporation opportunity, involved in participation with such other business entities.

 

Conflicts of Interest – Corporate Opportunities

 

Presently no requirement contained in our Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, or minutes which requires our officers and directors to disclose business opportunities which come to their attention. Our officers and directors do, however, have a fiduciary duty of loyalty to us to disclose to us any business opportunities which come to their attention, in their capacity as an officer and/or director or otherwise. Excluded from this duty would be opportunities which the person learns about through his involvement as an officer and director of another company. We have no intention of merging with or acquiring an affiliate, associate person or business opportunity from any affiliate or any client of any such person.

 

l. EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTORS COMPENSATION

 

COMPENSATION

 

The following table sets forth the compensation paid to officers and board members during the six months ended June 30, 2018 and fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. The table sets forth this information for TPT Global Tech, Inc. including salary, bonus, and certain other compensation to the Board members and named executive officers for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

75  
Table of Contents    

 

  SUMMARY EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLE

 

Name & Position   Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Stock awards
($)
  Option awards
($)
  Non-equity incentive plan compensation
($)
  Non-qualified deferred compen-sation earnings
($)
  All other compen-sation
($)
  Total
($)
                                     
  Stephen J. Thomas, III CEO and President       2018 *     61,898       —         —         —         —         —         25,000       86,898  
        2017       95,402       —         —         —         —         —         50,000       145,402  
        2016       79,571       —         —         —         —         —         50,000       129,571  
        2015       81,028       —         3,117,000       —         —         —         50,000       3,248,028  
                                                                             
  Richard Eberhardt, Executive Vice-President       2018 *     37,700       —         —         —         —         —         8,000       45,700  
        2017       60,015       —         —         —         —         —         16,000       76,015  
        2016       77,722       —         220,000       —         —         —         16,000       313,722  
        2015       48,900       —         —         —         —         —         16,000       64,900  
                                                                             
  Gary Cook, CFO       2018 *     35,000       —         —         —         —         —         —         35,000  
          2017       68,500       —         —         —         —         —         —         68,500  
          2016       35,500       —         1,650,000       —         —         —         —         1,685,500  
          2015       17,322       —         —         —         —         —         —         17,322  
                                                                             
  Stacie Stricker, Secretary and Controller       2018 *     33,750       —         —         —         —         —         —         35,750  
        2017       52,600       —         —         —         —         —         —         52,600  
        2016       30,500       —         145,000       —         —         —         —         175,500  
        2015       28,000       —         —         —         —         —         —         28,000  

*Represents six months ended June 30, 2018.

 

OPTION/WARRANT GRANTS IN THE LAST FISCAL YEAR

 

On October 14, 2017, the Board of Directors and majority stockholders of TPT approved the 2017 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option and Award Incentive Plan (“the 2017 Plan.”) There are 20,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved under the 2017 Plan.

 

During 2017 and through the six months ended June 30, 2018, in conjunction with the issuance of certain debt, options exercisable for 93,120 shares were issued outside of the 2017 Plan, 3,093,120 of which we issued as of June 30, 2018. The number of options, exercise price and expiration date of these options are as follows:

76  
Table of Contents    

Stock Option Share Expire
Granted Price Date
6,000 $0.063 12/31/2019
2,000 $0.046 12/31/2019
21,200 $0.22 12/31/2019
6,400 $0.135 12/31/2019
5,500 $0.12 12/31/2019
8,300 $0.22 12/31/2019
8,720 $0.135 12/31/2019
7,000 $0.094 12/31/2019
4,000 $0.066 12/31/2019
2,000 $0.063 12/31/2019
4,000 $0.10 12/31/2019
4,000 $0.062 12/31/2019
2,000 $0.064 12/31/2019
4,000 $0.1347 12/31/2019
4,000 $0.052 12/31/2019
2,000 $0.220 12/31/2019
2,000 $0.062 12/31/2019
1,000,000 $0.10 3/20/2021
2,000,000 $0.10 2/28/2020
3,093 ,120    

 

  OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR END AND JUNE 30, 2018

 

The following table sets forth certain information concerning outstanding equity awards held by our appointed executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 and as of June 30, 2018 (the "Named Executive Officers"):

 

  Option Awards Stock awards
Name

 

 

Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) exercisable

 

Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) unexercisable

 

 

Equity incentive plan awards: Number of securities underlying unexercised unearned options

(#)

 

 

 

Option exercise price

($)

 

 

 

  

Option expira-tion date

 

 

 

Number of shares or units of stock that have not vested

(#)

 

Market value of shares of units of stock that have not vested

($)

 

Equity incentive plan awards: Number of unearned shares, units or other rights that have not vested (#)

Equity incentive plan awards: Market or payout value of unearned shares, units or others rights that have not vested

($)

                     
Stephen J. Thomas, III, CEO and Chairman -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
                   
Richard Eberhardt, Executive VP -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
                   
Gary Cook, CFO -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
                   
Stacie Stricker, Secretary and Controller -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
                                     

 

77  
Table of Contents    

 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

All of our officers and/or directors will continue to be active in other companies. All officers and directors have retained the right to conduct their own independent business interests.

 

We do not pay any Directors fees for meeting attendance.

 

The following table sets forth certain information concerning compensation paid to our directors during the year ended December 31, 2017:

    Name    

 

 

Fees earned or paid in cash

($)

     

 

 

 

Stock awards ($)

     

 

 

 

Option awards ($)

     

 

Non-equity incentive plan compensation ($)

     

Non-qualified deferred compensation earnings

($)

     

 

 

All other compensation ($)

     

 

 

 

Total

($)

 
                                                         
Stephen  J. Thomas, III (1)     —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
                                                         
Richard Eberhardt (2)     —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
                                                         
Arkady Shkolnik (3)     —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
                                                         
Reginald Thomas (3)     —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
                                                         

 

 

  (1) Mr. Thomas is also an officer and as such he receives the compensation as disclosed in the Executive Compensation Table.

 

  (2) Mr. Eberhardt is also an officer and as such he receives the compensation as disclosed in the Executive Compensation Table

  

(3) In August 2018, a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Company voted through a consent resolution to support a consent resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company to add two new directors to the Board. As such, Arkady Shkolnik and Reginald Thomas were added as members of the Board of Directors. The total members of the Board of Directors after this addition is four. In accordance with agreements with the Company for his services as a director, Mr. Shkolnik is to receive $25,000 per quarter and 5,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately $687,500 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. The quarterly cash payments of $25,000 will be paid in unrestricted common shares if the Company has not been funded adequately to make such payments. Mr. Thomas is to receive $10,000 per quarter and 1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately $119,000 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. The quarterly payment of $10,000 may be suspended by the Company if the Company has not been adequately funded.

 

 

78  
Table of Contents    

Employment Agreements with Officers and Directors of TPT Global Tech, Inc.

 

We have employment/consultant agreements with our key officers, as listed below. Described below are the compensation packages our Board approved for our executive officers. The compensation agreements were approved by our board based upon recommendations conducted by the board.

 

Name   Position   Annual Compensation
Stephen J. Thomas, III (1)   Chief Executive Officer   $150,000
         
Richard Eberhardt (2)   Executive Vice President   $150,000
         
Gary Cook (3)   Chief Financial Officer   $150,000
         
Arkady Shkolnik (4)   Director   $100,000
         
Reginald Thomas (5)   Director   $40,000

 

(1) Pursuant to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, Mr. Thomas receives a base salary of $150,000 per year. In addition to the base salary, Mr. Thomas is eligible to receive performance bonuses as to be determined by our Board of Directors. The agreement has a three-year term and expires on October 31, 2020.

 

Upon an affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the Board of Directors, the employment may be terminated without further liability on the part of our Company. Cause is considered to be an act or acts of serious dishonesty fraud, or material and deliberate injury related to our business, including personal enrichment at the expense of our Company. If there is a termination for cause the benefits of any bonus for the period preceding termination would be forfeit.

 

In addition, the agreement provides for Mr. Thomas to be able to terminate the agreement for Good Reason. Good Reason is considered to be (1) an adverse change in his status or position as CEO, (2) a reduction in base salary, or (3) action by us that adversely affected his participation in the benefits.

 

(2) Pursuant to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, Mr. Eberhardt receives a base salary of $150,000 per year. In addition to the base salary, Mr. Eberhardt is eligible to receive performance bonuses as to be determined by our Board of Directors. The agreement has a three-year term and expires on October 31, 2020.

Upon an affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the Board of Directors, the employment may be terminated without further liability on the part of our Company. Cause is considered to be an act or acts of serious dishonesty fraud, or material and deliberate injury related to our business, including personal enrichment at the expense of our Company. If there is a termination for cause the benefits of any bonus for the period preceding termination would be forfeit.

 

In addition, the agreement provides for Mr. Eberhardt to be able to terminate the agreement for Good Reason. Good Reason is considered to be (1) an adverse change in his status or position as CEO, (2) a reduction in base salary, or (3) action by us that adversely affected his participation in the benefits.

 

(3) Pursuant to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, Mr. Cook receives a base salary of $150,000 per year for which currently he devotes no less than 60% of his full-time. In addition to the base salary, Mr. Cook is eligible to receive performance bonuses as to be determined by our Board of Directors. The agreement has a three-year term and expires on October 31, 2020.

 

Upon an affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the Board of Directors, the employment may be terminated without further liability on the part of our Company. Cause is considered to be an act or acts of serious dishonesty fraud, or material and deliberate injury related to our business, including personal enrichment at the expense of our Company. If there is a termination for cause the benefits of any bonus for the period preceding termination would be forfeit.

 

In addition, the agreement provides for Mr. Cook to be able to terminate the agreement for Good Reason. Good Reason is considered to be (1) an adverse change in his status or position as CEO, (2) a reduction in base salary, or (3) action by us that adversely affected his participation in the benefits.

79  
Table of Contents    

 

(4) In accordance with an Independent Director Agreement with the Company for his services as a director, Mr. Shkolnik is to receive $25,000 per quarter and 5,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately $687,500 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. The quarterly cash payments of $25,000 will be paid in unrestricted common shares if the Company has not been funded adequately to make such payments.

 

(5) In accordance with an Independent Director Agreement with the Company for his services as director, Mr. Thomas is to receive $10,000 per quarter and 1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately $119,000 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. The quarterly payment of $10,000 may be suspended by the Company if the Company has not been adequately funded.

 

m. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AS OF SEPTEMBER 26, 2018

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our outstanding common stock by:

  · each person who is known by TPT to be the beneficial owner of five percent (5%) or more of TPT common stock;

  · Our Chief Executive Officer, our other executive officers, and each director as identified in the “Management — Executive Compensation” section; and

  · all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Shares of common stock and options, warrants and convertible securities that are currently exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the date of this document into shares of our common stock are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person

holding the options, warrants or convertible securities for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of the person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

The information below is based on the number of shares of our common stock that we believe was beneficially owned by each person or entity as of September 26, 2018.

  Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   Amount and Nature of Beneficial Owner   Percent of Class Pre-Offering (1)   Percent of Class Post-Offering (1)
Stephen J. Thomas, III, Chairman, President and CEO *     31,449,740  (1)     22.96 %     20.04 %
                         
Richard Eberhardt, Director, Executive Vice- President *     19,000,000       13.87 %     12.41 %
                         
Arkady Shkolnik, Director *     —   (2)     —         —    
                         
Reginald Thomas, Director *     —   (2)     —         —    
                         
Gary Cook, CFO *     6,500,000       4.75 %     3.29 %
                         
Stacie Stricker, Corporate Secretary and Controller *     500,000       0.37 %     0 %
                         
All Directors and Executive Officers as a group     58,868,073       41.95 %     35.74 %
                         
5%+ Shareholders
                         
Stephen J. Thomas, III, Chairman, President and CEO *     31,449,740  (1)     22.96 %     20.04 %
                         
Richard Eberhardt, Director, Executive Vice- President *     19,000,000       13.87 %     12.41 %
                         
Jack Najjur
PO Box 692211
Orlando, FL 32869
    8,095,000       5.91 %     5.91 %
                         
Russell Williams
3980 Texas Street #3
San Diego, CA 92104
    7,500,000       5.48 %     5.48 %

 

*The Address for the above individuals and entities is c/o 501 West Broadway, Suite 800, San Diego, CA 92101.

 

80  
Table of Contents    

(1) Based upon 136,953,904 shares issued and outstanding. Does not contemplate the Series A Preferred Stock held 100% by Stephen J. Thomas, III which guarantees the holder to 60% of the outstanding common stock in shares when converted and 60% of any vote prior to or after conversion. At this time, approximately 105,000,000 additional common shares would be issued if Mr. Thomas were to convert his Series A Preferred Stock holdings to common stock.

 

 

(2) In August 2018, the Company added two new directors to the Board. Arkady Shkolnik and Reginald Thomas were added as members of the Board of Directors. The total members of the Board of Directors after this addition is four. In accordance with agreements with the Company for his services as a director, Mr. Shkolnick is to receive 5,000,000 shares of restricted common stock vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. Mr. Thomas is to receive 1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock vesting quarterly over twenty-four months.

 

Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 governs the determination of beneficial ownership of

securities. That rule provides that a beneficial owner of a security includes any person who directly or indirectly has or shares voting power and/or investment power with respect to such security. Rule 13d-3 also provides that a beneficial owner of a security includes any person who has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of such security within sixty days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or conversion of a security. Any securities not outstanding which are subject to such options, warrants or conversion privileges are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of outstanding securities of the class owned by such person. Those securities are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the class owned by any other person.

 

n. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS

 

Other than the transactions discussed below, we have not entered into any transaction in past two years, nor are there any proposed transactions in which any of the founders, directors, executive officers, shareholders or any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing had or is to have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

Issuance of Equity

 

In 2014, In August 2014, TPTG Global, Inc. merged with Ally Pharma in a “reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma issued 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the owners of TPT Global, Inc. in exchange for all outstanding common stock of TPT Global, Inc. and Ally Pharma agreed to change its name to TPT Global Tech, Inc. Because of this change in control of Ally Pharma, the transaction is accounted for as a non-monetary transaction (specifically referred to as a reverse recapitalization) wherein the operations of the accounting Acquirer are re-casted in terms of the accounting Acquiree’s (legal acquirer, TPTG fka Ally Pharma) common stock. 110,000,000 shares of common stock were issued equaling 80% of the 136,753,685 post-merger common shares outstanding. Stephen Thomas, as he became an officer and director of the Company, received 110,000,000 shares of common stock at that time.

 

Related Party Employment Agreements and Family Relationships of Directors

 

Pursuant to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, Stephen Thomas, CEO, director, and majority shareholder, receives a base salary of $150,000 per year. In addition to the base salary, Mr. Thomas is eligible to receive performance bonuses as to be determined by our Board of Directors. The agreement has a three-year term and expires on October 31, 2020. Stephen Thomas is the brother of one of our directors, Reginald Thomas.

 

Pursuant to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, Richard Eberhardt, Executive Vice-President, director and affiliate shareholder, receives a base salary of $150,000 per year. In addition to the base salary, Mr. Eberhardt is eligible to receive performance bonuses as to be determined by our Board of Directors. The agreement has a three-year term and expires on October 31, 2020.

Pursuant to an employment agreement dated November 1, 2017, Gary Cook, CFO, receives a base salary of $150,000 per year for which currently he devotes no less than 60% of his full-time. In addition to the base salary, Mr. Cook is eligible to receive performance bonuses as to be determined by our Board of Directors. The agreement has a three-year term and expires on October 31, 2020.

 

81  
Table of Contents    

 

In accordance with an Independent Director Agreement with the Company for his services as a director, Mr. Shkolnik is to receive $25,000 per quarter and 5,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately $687,500 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. The quarterly cash payments of $25,000 will be paid in unrestricted common shares if the Company has not been funded adequately to make such payments.

 

In accordance with an Independent Director Agreement with the Company for his services as director, Mr. Thomas is to receive $10,000 per quarter and 1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately $119,000 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. The quarterly payment of $10,000 may be suspended by the Company if the Company has not been adequately funded. Reginald Thomas is the brother of Stephen Thomas, our CEO, a director, and largest shareholder.

  

Capital Contributions by Officer, Director, Principal Shareholder

 

The Company has issued restricted common shares as follows during 2016, 2017 and year to date in 2018. These shares were

contributed by Stephen J. Thomas, III for the identified corporate purposes:

 

Common Stock

Date   Acquiree   Purpose   Number of Shares  

Total

Consideration

  Price per Share
  July 2016     Goodwin Global   Acquisition     50,000     $ 40,400     $ 0.808  
  Sept. 2016     San Diego Media, Inc.   Acquisition     750,000     $ 438,750     $ 0.585  
  Dec. 2016     Vendor   Lease Termination     150,000     $ 43,350     $ 0.289  
  Dec. 2016     Vendor   Vendor Balance Payments     365,000     $ 105,485     $ 0.289  
  Dec. 2016     Employees and Contractors   Services     9,175,000     $ 2,663,225     $ 0.29  
  Dec. 2016     Lion Phone Technology   Acquisition     2,100,000     $ 560,000     $ 0.2667  
  Aug 2017     Investor (1)   Stock Subscription     50,000     $ 7,500     $ 0.15  
  Oct. 2017     Investor (1)   Stock Subscription     350,000     $ 35,000     $ 0.10  
  Oct. 2017     Matrixsites Viewme Live   Acquisition     4,000,000     $ 595,600     $ 0.1489  
  Nov. 2017     Investor (1)   Stock Subscription     400,000     $ 30,000     $ 0.075  
  Jan. 2018     Investors   Stock Subscription     1,220,000     $ 122,000     $ 0.10  
  Mar. 2018     Contractor   Services     2,000,000     $ 250,000     $ 0.125  
  Mar. 2018     Contractor   Services     1,000,000     $ 155,000     $ 0.155  
  April 2018     Blue Collar   Acquisition     6,500,000     $ 812,500     $ 1.125  
  May 2018     Investors   Stock Subscription     2,455,000     $ 245,500     $ 0.10  
  May 2018     Contractor   Services     2,500,000     $ 324,252     $ 0.129  
  June 2018     Investor   Debt Balance     16,667     $ 2,000     $ 0.12  

 

(1) Investor is brother of Mr. Eberhardt, Executive Vice-President and Director of the Company.

 

Director Independence

 

Our board of directors undertook our annual review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director had a material relationship with us or our management that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, the board of directors affirmatively determined that none of our directors are “independent” as such term is used under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

82  
Table of Contents    

 

ITEM 11A. MATERIAL CHANGES

 

The Company entered into an Acquisition and Purchase Agreement dated November 3, 2017, but closed September 1, 2018 through subsequent amendments, with Blue Collar Inc. (“Blue Collar”), a Media Production and California Corporation and its shareholders, as amended on February 9,March 29, 2018 and August 18, 2018, to acquire 100% of the outstanding ownership of Blue Collar, including equipment, furniture and other assets, for 6,500,000 shares of restricted Common Stock and $1,600,000 in a Seller loan that is to be paid within eight months of September 1, 2018 and bears annual interest of 3% (12% interest upon default). The August 2018 amendment changed the closing date to September 1, 2018. For the year ended January 31, 2018 (their fiscal year), Blue Collar generated $2,600,000 in revenue and approximately $70,000 in pretax income.

 

Subsequent to June 30, 2018, shareholders extended loans to the Company in the amount of approximately $92,700 into debt that is convertible one dollar into one share of stock of Series C Preferred Stock that has been designated convertible into common stock at $0.15 per share and includes terms similar to the other Preferred Stock.

 

In August 2018, a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Company voted through a consent resolution to support a consent resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company to add two new directors to the Board. As such, Arkady Shkolnik and Reginald Thomas were added as members of the Board of Directors. The total members of the Board of Directors after this addition is four. In accordance with agreements with the Company for his services as a director, Mr. Shkolnick is to receive $25,000 per quarter and 5,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately $687,500 vesting quarterly over twenty-four months. The quarterly cash payments of $25,000 will be paid in unrestricted common shares if the Company has not been funded adequately to make such payments. Mr. Thomas is to receive $10,000 per quarter and 1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at approximately $119,000 vesting quarterly over twenty four months. The quarterly payment of $10,000 may be suspended by the Company if the Company has not been adequately funded.

 

ITEM 12. INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

 

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the securities offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits filed with the registration statement. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

 

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and file reports and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the internet at the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its Public Reference Room at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Additionally, you can obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of its Public Reference Room.

 

EXPERTS

 

The financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2017 have been so included in reliance on the report of Sadler, Gibb & Associates, LLC, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

 

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” into this prospectus information we have filed with it. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus and is considered to be part of this prospectus. We incorporate by reference the documents listed as exhibits to the document in Item 16.

 

83  
Table of Contents    

 

ITEM 12A. DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION OF INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES

 

The Florida Statutes requires us to indemnify officers and directors for any expenses incurred by any officer or director in connection with any actions or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, brought against such officer or director because of his or her status as an officer or director, to the extent that the director or officer has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of the action or proceeding. The Florida Statutes permits a corporation to indemnify an officer or director, even in the absence of an agreement to do so, for expenses incurred in connection with any action or proceeding if such officer or director acted in good faith and in a manner in which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of us and such indemnification is authorized by the stockholders, by a quorum of disinterested directors, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion authorized by a majority vote of a quorum of directors consisting of disinterested directors, or by independent legal counsel in a written opinion if a quorum of disinterested directors cannot be obtained.

 

The Florida Statutes prohibits indemnification of a director or officer if a final adjudication establishes that the officer's or director's acts or omissions involved intentional misconduct, fraud, or a knowing violation of the law and were material to the cause of action. Despite the foregoing limitations on indemnification, the Florida Statutes may permit an officer or director to apply to the court for approval of indemnification even if the officer or director is adjudged to have committed intentional misconduct, fraud, or a knowing violation of the law.

 

The Florida Statutes also provides that indemnification of directors is not permitted for the unlawful payment of distributions, except for those directors registering their dissent to the payment of the distribution.

 

According to our bylaws, we are authorized to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent authorized under Florida Law subject to certain specified limitations.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, we are advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

 

 

 

84  
Table of Contents    

 

[OUTSIDE BACK COVER PAGE OF PROSPECTUS]

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Requirements

 

PART II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

 

We have expended, or will expend fees in relation to this registration statement as detailed below:

 

Expenditure Item   Amount
Attorney Fees   $ 25,000  
Audit Fees   $ 125,000  
Transfer Agent Fees   $ 2,000  
SEC Registration and Blue Sky Registration fees (estimated)   $ 5,000  
Printing Costs and Miscellaneous Expenses (estimated)   $ 18,000  
Total   $ 175,000  

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Our officers and directors are indemnified as provided by the Florida Revised Statutes and the bylaws.

 

Under the Florida Revised Statutes, director immunity from liability to a company or its shareholders for monetary liabilities applies automatically unless it is specifically limited by a company's Articles of Incorporation. Our Articles of Incorporation do not specifically limit the directors’ immunity. Excepted from that immunity are: (a) a willful failure to deal fairly with us or our shareholders in connection with a matter in which the director has a material conflict of interest; (b) a violation of criminal law, unless the director had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful or no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful; (c) a transaction from which the director derived an improper personal profit; and (d) willful misconduct.

 

Our bylaws provide that it will indemnify the directors to the fullest extent not prohibited by Florida law; provided, however, that we may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with the directors and officers; and, provided, further, that we shall not be required to indemnify any director or officer in connection with any proceeding, or part thereof, initiated by such person unless such indemnification: (a) is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding was authorized by the board of directors, (c) is provided by us, in sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested under Florida law or (d) is required to be made pursuant to the bylaws.

 

Our bylaws provide that it will advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of us, or is or was serving at the request of us as a director or executive officer of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefore, all expenses incurred by any director or officer in connection with such proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay said amounts if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under the bylaws or otherwise.

 

Our bylaws provide that no advance shall be made by us to an officer except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was our director in which event this paragraph shall not apply, in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made: (a) by the board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, or (b) if such quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of us.

 

 

85  
Table of Contents    

 

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

 

In 2014, In August 2014, TPTG Global, Inc. merged with Ally Pharma in a “reverse merger” wherein Ally Pharma issued 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, or 80% ownership, to the owners of TPT Global, Inc. in exchange for all outstanding common stock of TPT Global, Inc. and Ally Pharma agreed to change its name to TPT Global Tech, Inc. Because of this change in control of Ally Pharma, the transaction is accounted for as a non-monetary transaction (specifically referred to as a reverse recapitalization) wherein the operations of the accounting Acquirer are re-casted in terms of the accounting Acquiree’s (legal acquirer, TPTG fka Ally Pharma) common stock. 110,000,000 shares of common stock were issued equaling 80% of the 136,753,685 post-merger common shares outstanding.

 

Subsequent to the reverse merger, the 110,000,000 shares were classified originally as founders shares but were used for corporate considerations as noted below. As such, the founders are net of the other share activity.

 

Number of Shares Original Consideration Issue Price Per Share
31,449,740 Founders Shares $0.001
17,548,102 Asset Acquisition $0.10 to $0.81
2,983,380

Conversion of Payables and

Convertible Promissory Notes

$0.20 to $0.50
8,403 ,496 Private Placement $0.10 to $0.50
44,429 ,891 Services $0.10 to $0.77
5,406,366 Gifts to Family $0.001

 

 

Exemption From Registration Claimed

 

All of the above sales by us of our unregistered securities were made by us in reliance upon Rule 506 of Regulation D and Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"). All of the individuals and/or entities that purchased the unregistered securities were primarily existing shareholders, known to us and our management, through pre-existing business relationships, as long-standing business associates and employees. All purchasers were provided access to all material information, which they requested, and all information necessary to verify such information and were afforded access to our management in connection with their purchases. All purchasers of the unregistered securities acquired such securities for investment and not with a view toward distribution, acknowledging such intent to us. All certificates or agreements representing such securities that were issued contained restrictive legends, prohibiting further transfer of the certificates or agreements representing such securities, without such securities either being first registered or otherwise exempt from registration in any further resale or disposition.

 

86  
Table of Contents    

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

  

  

Numbe r Description  
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of Chatham International, Inc . (9.30.96) (1)
3.2 Articles of Incorporation of Cornerstone Capital, Inc. (12.30.98) (1)
3.3 Articles of Amendment of Art, Music & Entertainment, Inc. – name change to Global Assets & Services, Inc. (7.30.01) (1)
3.4 Articles of Merger – Global Assets & Services. Inc. and SDE 3, Inc . (1.17.02) (1)
3.5 Articles of Amendment of Global Assets & Services, Inc. – name change to Jointland Development, Inc. (12.27.04) (1)
3.6 Articles of Amendment of Jointland Development, Inc. – Article IV amendment (4.5.10) (1)
3.7 Articles of Amendment of Jointland Development, Inc. – name change to Gold Royalty Corp . (10.19.10) (1)
3.8 Articles of Amendment of Gold Royalty Corp. – new name Reuben Cannon Entertainment, Inc. (8.24.12) (1)
3.9 Articles of Amendment of Gold Royalty Corp. – new name Ally Pharma US, Inc . (10.31.12) (1)
3.10 Articles of Amendment of Ally Pharma US, Inc. – new name TPT Global Tech, Inc . (1)
3.11 Articles of Amendment of TPT Global Tech, Inc. – Preferred Stock Series A & B (2.6.15) (1)
3.12 Articles of Incorporation of Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc . (1)
3.13 Articles of Organization of Trucom, LLC (1)
3.14 Articles of Organization of CityNet Arizona, LLC (1)
3.15 Certificate of Amendment of Transactive Intermedia, Inc. – name change to San Diego Media, Inc . (1)
3.16 Articles of Organization of K Telecom and Wireless, LLC (1)
3.17 Articles of Incorporation of Blue Collar, Inc . (1)
3.18 Articles of Organization of Center for Education in TV and Radio LLC (1)
3.19 Articles of Amendment to Articles of Organization of Center for Education in TV and Radio LLC name change to Hollywood Riviera Studio, LLC (1)
3.20 Articles of Organization of HRS Mobile, LLC (1)
3.21 Bylaws of TPT Global Tech, Inc . (1)
4.1 Form of Vesting Warrants (1)
4.2 Form of Unsecured Convertible Commercial Promissory Note - $250,000 (1)
4.3 Form of  Commercial Convertible Promissory Notes (1)
4.4 2017 TPT Global Tech, Inc. Stock Option And Award Incentive Plan (1)
4.5 Series A Designation (1)
4.6 Series B Designation (1)
4.7 Promissory Note – HRS (2)
4.8 Promissory Note – Blue Collar (2)
4.9 Promissory Note - Blue Collar - Amendment No. 1 (2.9.18) (3)
4.10 Promissory Note - MatrixSites, Inc. (10.31.17) (3)
4.11 Series C Designation (3)
5.1 Opinion re: Legality Filed Herewith
10.1 Employment Agreement, Stephen J. Thomas, III (1)
10.2 Employment Agreement,  Gary Cook (1)
10.3 Employment Agreement, Richard Eberhardt (1)
10.4 Agreement and Plan of Merger – Ally Pharma US, Inc. and TPT Global, Inc . (9.30.14) (1)

 

87  
Table of Contents    

 

10.5 Purchase Agreement Ally Pharma US, Inc. and K Telecom and Wireless and Global Telecom International LLC (8.1.14) (1)
10.6 Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc . (1.31.15) (1)
10.7 Lease Agreement between Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc. and Telecom Finance LLC (9.14.10) (1)
10.8 Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Port 2 Port, Inc . (9.30.15) (1)
10.9 Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and San Diego Media, Inc . (9.30.16) (1)
10.10 Amendment #1 to Acquisition & Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and San Diego Media, Inc . (12.9.16) (1)
10.11 Asset Acquisition Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Interest Holders of the Lion Phone Technology (12.15.16) (1)
10.12 Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and MatrixSites, Inc. (1)
10.13 Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Hollywood Riviera LLC, HRS Mobile LLC (11.1.17) (1)
10.14 Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Blue Collar Productions, Inc . (11.3.17) (1)
10.15 HRS Amendment (2 )
10.16 Amendment No. 1 – Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Blue Collar Productions, Inc . (2.9.18) (2)
  10.17 Amendment No. 2 – Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Blue Collar Productions, Inc. (3.29.18) (3)  
10.18 Amendment No. 3 - Acquisition and Purchase Agreement between TPT Global Tech, Inc. and Blue Collar Productions, Inc . (3.29.18) (3)
10.19 Independent Director Agreement, Arkady Shkolnik (3)
10.20 Independent Director Agreement, Reginald Thomas (3)
10.21 Product, Software & Services License Agreement – New Orbit Technologies, Inc . (4.17.17) (3)
10.22 Rescission, Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release (3)
10.23 Security & Pledge Agreement - Blue Collar Filed Herewith
10.24 Security & Pledge Agreement - Matrixsites Filed Herewith 
21.1 Subsidiaries Filed Herewith
     
23.1 Consent of Attorney Filed Herewith
23.2 Consent of Accountant Filed Herewith
     
     
99.1 Trucom LLC Complete Patent (1)
99.2 Patent Assignment – Ellifson to TruCom LLC (2.11.13) (1)

 

(1) Incorporated by reference from the exhibits included in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated December 15, 2017.

 

 (2) Incorporated by reference from the exhibits included in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A dated February 23, 2018.

 

 (3) Incorporated by reference from the exhibits included in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A dated October 1, 2018.

 

 

88  
Table of Contents    

 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

 

We hereby undertake the following:

 

To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  a. To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a) (3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

  b. To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement, or most recent post-effective amendment, which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this registration statement; and

 

  c. To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered hereby which remain unsold at the termination of the Offering.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to the directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the provisions above, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities, other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by one of the directors, officers, or controlling persons in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding, is asserted by one of the directors, officers, or controlling persons in connection with the securities being registered, we will unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and we will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

For determining liability under the Securities Act, to treat the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act as part of this Registration Statement as of the time the Commission declared it effective.

 

89  
Table of Contents    

 

SIGNATURES

 

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-1/A and authorized this Registration Statement to be signed on our behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, State of California, on November 5 , 2018.

 

TPT GLOBAL TECH, INC.

 

 

/s/ Stephen J. Thomas, III   November 5 , 2018
Stephen J. Thomas, III    
(Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer)    
     
     
/s/ Gary Cook   November 5 , 2018
Gary Cook    
(Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)    
     
     

 

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates stated.

 

 

 

/s/ Stephen J. Thomas, III   November 5 , 2018
Stephen J. Thomas, III, Director    
     
     
/s/ Richard Eberhardt   November 5 , 2018
Richard Eberhardt, Director    
     

  

 /s/ Arkady Shkolnik   November 5 , 2018
Arkady Shkolnik, Director    
     
     
/s/ Reginald Thomas   November 5 , 2018
Reginald Thomas, Director    
     
     

 

EXHIBIT 5.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

 

 

Michael A. Littman

Attorney at Law

P.O. Box 1839

Arvada, CO 80001

(720) 530-6184

malattyco@aol.com

 

 

November 5, 2018

 

TPT Global Tech, Inc.

501 West Broadway, Suite 800

San Diego, CA 92101

 

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1 for common shares of TPT Global Tech, Inc.

 

Gentlemen:

 

At your request, I have examined the amended Registration Statement which is being filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), on Form S-1/A (the "Registration Statement"), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of:

 

  • 38,208,210 shares held by existing shareholders.
  •  

    In rendering the following opinion, I have examined and relied upon all of the documents listed as exhibits to the S-1, and resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company authorizing the issuance of the stock, registered in Form S-1 to which this letter refers. In my examination, I have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity, accuracy and completeness of the documents submitted to me as originals, and the conformity with the original documents of all documents submitted to me as copies.

      

    I have not undertaken, nor do I intend to undertake, any independent investigation beyond such specified documents and records, but to the extent necessary for this opinion, I have inquired and am satisfied as to the adequacy and accuracy of such documents and records. I have examined all documents necessary to form my opinions.

     

    Based on the foregoing, it is my opinion that the stock being registered under the Registration Statement, as issued, is duly and validly authorized, fully paid and non-assessable under Florida Laws.

     

    I express no opinion as to compliance with the Securities Acts or "blue sky" laws of any state in which the stock is proposed to be offered and sold or as to the effect, if any, which non-compliance with such laws might have on the validity of transfer of the stock.

     

    I consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to any filing made with the Securities and Exchange Commission or under any state or other jurisdiction's securities act for the purpose of registering, qualifying or establishing eligibility for an exemption from registration or qualification of the stock described in the Registration Statement in connection with the offering described therein.

     

    1  
     

    This opinion covers only matters of Florida law and nothing in this opinion shall be deemed to imply any opinion related to the laws of any other jurisdiction. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relate to or constitute an opinion concerning any matters not specifically set forth above.

     

    The information set forth herein is as of the date of this letter. I disclaim any undertaking to advise you of changes which may be brought to my attention after the effective date of the Registration Statement.

     

    Sincerely,

     

    /s/Michael A. Littman

    -------------------------------------------

    Michael A. Littman

     

    2  

     

    EXHIBIT 10.23

     

     
     

     
     

     
     

     
     

     
     

    EXHIBIT 10.24

     

     
     

     
     

     
     

     
     

     
     

    EXHIBIT 21

     

    LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

     

     

     

    Copperhead Digital Holdings, Inc. – an Arizona limited liability company

    Trucom, LLC – an Arizona limited liability company

    CityNet Arizona, LLC – a Delaware limited liability company

     

    San Diego Media, Inc. – a California corporation

     

    K Telecom and Wireless, LLC – a Washington limited liability company

     

    Blue Collar, Inc. – a California corporation

     

    EXHIBIT 23.2

     

     

    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     

     

     

    We hereby consent to the use of our report dated July 3, 2018, which includes an explanatory paragraph as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, with respect to our audits of the consolidated financial statements of TPT Global Tech, Inc., in its Registration Statement on Form S-1/A relating to the registration of 38,208,210 shares of common stock, to be filed on or about November 5, 2018. We also consent to the reference of our Firm under the caption “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

     

     

     

    /s/ Sadler, Gibb & Associates, LLC

     

    Salt Lake City, UT

    November 5, 2018